WO2016186190A1 - Polymer composition, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, substrate comprising said liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element comprising said liquid crystal alignment film - Google Patents
Polymer composition, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, substrate comprising said liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element comprising said liquid crystal alignment film Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2016186190A1 WO2016186190A1 PCT/JP2016/064963 JP2016064963W WO2016186190A1 WO 2016186190 A1 WO2016186190 A1 WO 2016186190A1 JP 2016064963 W JP2016064963 W JP 2016064963W WO 2016186190 A1 WO2016186190 A1 WO 2016186190A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- ring
- liquid crystal
- carbon atoms
- polymer
- Prior art date
Links
- 0 CC1(C)C(*)C(*)*C1 Chemical compound CC1(C)C(*)C(*)*C1 0.000 description 8
- UVTCFHPFVAWORK-KXFIGUGUSA-N C/C=N\N=C(\CN)/S Chemical compound C/C=N\N=C(\CN)/S UVTCFHPFVAWORK-KXFIGUGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VARZDHHSLXIMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N C/N=C(/C(NCCCN)=O)\N=C/N Chemical compound C/N=C(/C(NCCCN)=O)\N=C/N VARZDHHSLXIMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DIGWNZFTIVJZKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=C(CN)/N=C\N Chemical compound C=C(CN)/N=C\N DIGWNZFTIVJZKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IYOZTVGMEWJPKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C(CC1)CCC1C(Nc1ccncc1)=O)N Chemical compound CC(C(CC1)CCC1C(Nc1ccncc1)=O)N IYOZTVGMEWJPKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBAFIBBHADOTMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(CCCNc1cc(OC)cc2c1nccc2)N Chemical compound CC(CCCNc1cc(OC)cc2c1nccc2)N NBAFIBBHADOTMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYGNMSMUTCMNQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(CN)Oc1cccnc1 Chemical compound CC(CN)Oc1cccnc1 LYGNMSMUTCMNQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQVQNBXPYJGNEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(c1cnccc1)N Chemical compound CC(c1cnccc1)N IQVQNBXPYJGNEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PEQPPVGTDBKQPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(C)C(CN)c1cccnc1 Chemical compound CN(C)C(CN)c1cccnc1 PEQPPVGTDBKQPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SYSGWPLRRPINQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1cc(CN)ccn1 Chemical compound Cc1cc(CN)ccn1 SYSGWPLRRPINQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDTHKXWPZVCHBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1cccc(CCN)n1 Chemical compound Cc1cccc(CCN)n1 CDTHKXWPZVCHBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNLAYSBIWHHNIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1cccnc1CN Chemical compound Cc1cccnc1CN QNLAYSBIWHHNIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKAUZQFUIATOQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1cncc(CN)c1 Chemical compound Cc1cncc(CN)c1 ZKAUZQFUIATOQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHZMQXZHNVQTQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1ncc(CO)c(CN)c1O Chemical compound Cc1ncc(CO)c(CN)c1O NHZMQXZHNVQTQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YMROUWDKBBTAPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1ncccc1CN Chemical compound Cc1ncccc1CN YMROUWDKBBTAPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVWCBVZUXRSPRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC(CC1)CCC1c1ccccn1 Chemical compound NC(CC1)CCC1c1ccccn1 TVWCBVZUXRSPRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZMAFTVCNAYZLGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC1c2cccnc2CCC1 Chemical compound NC1c2cccnc2CCC1 ZMAFTVCNAYZLGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYIUAYKSHAYZDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N NCC(c1ccncc1)O Chemical compound NCC(c1ccncc1)O XYIUAYKSHAYZDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JURFPUSNTWSSPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N NCCCc1ccncc1 Chemical compound NCCCc1ccncc1 JURFPUSNTWSSPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NAHHNSMHYCLMON-UHFFFAOYSA-N NCCc1cccnc1 Chemical compound NCCc1cccnc1 NAHHNSMHYCLMON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXIKYRCHORWLLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N NCCc1nnc[s]1 Chemical compound NCCc1nnc[s]1 QXIKYRCHORWLLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSKWIAMIMXGSJN-NSHDSACASA-N NC[C@@H](c1cccnc1)N1CCOCC1 Chemical compound NC[C@@H](c1cccnc1)N1CCOCC1 QSKWIAMIMXGSJN-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- CNEYBCFNATWSJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N NCc1c[s]c(-c2ccc(C(F)(F)F)cc2)n1 Chemical compound NCc1c[s]c(-c2ccc(C(F)(F)F)cc2)n1 CNEYBCFNATWSJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDOUGSFASVGDCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N NCc1cccnc1 Chemical compound NCc1cccnc1 HDOUGSFASVGDCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TXQWFIVRZNOPCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N NCc1ccncc1 Chemical compound NCc1ccncc1 TXQWFIVRZNOPCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOXFMYVTSLAQMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N NCc1ncccc1 Chemical compound NCc1ncccc1 WOXFMYVTSLAQMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROSKZJGILXBSFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N NCc1ncccn1 Chemical compound NCc1ncccn1 ROSKZJGILXBSFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L101/00—Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
- C08L101/02—Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L33/00—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L33/04—Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1337—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1337—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
- G02F1/133711—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a polymer composition for a liquid crystal aligning agent, in particular, a liquid crystal aligning agent for a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, consisting of the composition alone, consisting essentially of the composition or the composition.
- a liquid crystal aligning agent having liquid crystal particularly a liquid crystal aligning agent for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, a liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal aligning agent, particularly a liquid crystal alignment film for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, and the liquid crystal alignment film
- the present invention relates to a substrate, particularly a substrate for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, and a liquid crystal display element having the substrate, in particular, a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
- the liquid crystal display element is known as a light, thin, and low power consumption display device and has been remarkably developed in recent years.
- the liquid crystal display element is configured, for example, by sandwiching a liquid crystal layer between a pair of transparent substrates provided with electrodes.
- an organic film made of an organic material is used as the liquid crystal alignment film so that the liquid crystal is in a desired alignment state between the substrates.
- the liquid crystal alignment film is a component of the liquid crystal display element, and is formed on the surface of the substrate that holds the liquid crystal in contact with the liquid crystal, and plays a role of aligning the liquid crystal in a certain direction between the substrates.
- the liquid crystal alignment film may be required to play a role of controlling the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal in addition to the role of aligning the liquid crystal in a certain direction such as a direction parallel to the substrate.
- alignment control ability is given by performing an alignment treatment on the organic film constituting the liquid crystal alignment film.
- a photo-alignment method is known as an alignment treatment method for a liquid crystal alignment film for imparting alignment control ability.
- the photo-alignment method eliminates the need for rubbing, does not cause the generation of dust and static electricity, and can perform the alignment treatment even on the substrate of the liquid crystal display element having the uneven surface. There is an advantage that you can.
- the photo-alignment method As the photo-alignment method, a decomposition-type photo-alignment method, a photo-crosslinking type, a photo-isomerization-type photo-alignment method, and the like are known.
- the decomposition type photo-alignment method is, for example, that a polyimide film is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays, and an anisotropic decomposition is generated by utilizing the polarization direction dependency of ultraviolet absorption of the molecular structure. This is a method of aligning the liquid crystal by the method (for example, see Patent Document 1).
- the photo-crosslinking type or photoisomerization type photo-alignment method uses, for example, polyvinyl cinnamate, irradiates polarized ultraviolet rays, and performs a dimerization reaction (cross-linking reaction) at the double bond portion of two side chains parallel to the polarized light. This is a method of generating and aligning the liquid crystal in a direction orthogonal to the polarization direction (see, for example, Non-Patent Document 1).
- Patent Document 3 discloses a liquid crystal alignment film obtained by using a photo-alignment method by photocrosslinking, photoisomerization or photo-fleece rearrangement.
- the photo-alignment method has a great advantage because it eliminates the rubbing process itself as compared with the rubbing method conventionally used industrially as an alignment treatment method for liquid crystal display elements. And compared with the rubbing method in which the alignment control ability becomes almost constant by rubbing, the photo alignment method can control the alignment control ability by changing the irradiation amount of polarized light.
- the alignment controllability of the main component used in the photo-alignment method is too sensitive to the amount of polarized light, the alignment may be incomplete in part or all of the liquid crystal alignment film, and stable liquid crystal alignment cannot be realized. Occurs.
- the present invention provides a substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element which is provided with high efficiency and orientation control ability and has excellent image sticking characteristics, and a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element having the substrate.
- an object of the present invention is to increase the range of light irradiation amount in which the alignment control ability is stably generated, and to efficiently obtain a high-quality liquid crystal alignment film, a polymer composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film
- the object is to provide a composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film for a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
- an object of the present invention is to provide a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal device having an improved voltage holding ratio and a polymer composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film for the device, specifically, a lateral electric field.
- the object is to provide a composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film for a drive type liquid crystal display element.
- the object of the present invention is not limited to the above object, or in addition to the above object, the liquid crystal aligning agent comprising only the composition, consisting essentially of the composition, or having the composition,
- the object is to provide a liquid crystal alignment film produced using a liquid crystal alignment agent, a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, the liquid crystal alignment film and / or a liquid crystal display element having the substrate, particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
- the object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing the liquid crystal alignment film, a method for producing a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, the liquid crystal liquid crystal alignment film and / or the substrate.
- Another object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal display element, particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
- a polymer composition comprising: The composition described above, wherein one of the at least two polymers has a crosslinkable group.
- one of the polymers (A1) and the other polymer (A2) out of at least two kinds of polymers may be different in the amount of a structure that exhibits photoreactivity.
- the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A1) is preferably larger than the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A2).
- the crosslinkable group is represented by the following formulas (G-1), (G-2), (G-3) and (G-4) (wherein A broken line represents a bond, R 50 represents a group selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and a phenyl group, and when there are a plurality of R 50 s , they may be the same or different from each other; t is an integer of 1 to 7, J represents O, S, NH or NR 51 , and R 51 represents a group selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a phenyl group. It may be at least one group.
- the crosslinkable group may be included in the polymer (A1).
- the polymer (A1) further has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group, and a urethane group. Is good.
- the polymer (A2) further has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group, and a urethane group. Is good.
- at least two kinds of polymers each preferably have a structure exhibiting photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity, and a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity.
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- Y 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof
- the hydrogen atom bonded to each independently represents —NO 2 , —CN, —CH ⁇ C (CN) 2 , —CH ⁇ CH—CN, a
- R May be substituted with an alkyloxy group of R represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the same definition as Y 1 ;
- X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N ⁇ N—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH ⁇ .
- X may be the same or different;
- Cou represents a coumarin-6-yl group or a coumarin-7-yl group, and the hydrogen atoms bonded thereto are independently —NO 2 , —CN, —CH ⁇ C (CN) 2 , —CH ⁇ CH— May be substituted with CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0; q3 is 0 or 1; P and Q are each independently selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof.
- the structures that exhibit photoreactivity in the above ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, particularly the structures that exhibit photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in ⁇ 8> are represented by the following formulas (7) to (10).
- A, B and D are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO Represents —O— or —O—CO—CH ⁇ CH—;
- Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents.
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- —NO 2 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- —CN is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- —NO 2 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- —CN is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N ⁇ N—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH ⁇ .
- the hydrogen atom bonded to each independently represents —NO 2 , —CN, —CH ⁇ C (CN) 2 , —CH ⁇ CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. May be substituted with an alkyloxy group of R represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having
- the structures that exhibit photoreactivity in the above ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, particularly the structures that exhibit photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in ⁇ 8> are represented by the following formulas (11) to (13).
- A is independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—O—
- X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N ⁇ N—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH ⁇ .
- X When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different; l represents an integer of 1 to 12, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and m1 represents an integer of 1 to 3; R represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or a phase selected from those substituents. Each of the hydrogen atoms bonded to them is independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5).
- the structure may be any one selected from the group consisting of:
- each A is independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—O—, Or represents —O—CO—CH ⁇ CH—;
- Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents.
- the structure that exhibits photoreactivity in the above ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, particularly the structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in ⁇ 8> is represented by the following formula (16) or (17) (wherein A is a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH ⁇ .
- X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N ⁇ N—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH ⁇ .
- CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different; l represents an integer of 1 to 12, and m represents an integer of 0 to 2) It is good that the structure is represented by
- the structure exhibiting photoreactivity in the above ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, particularly the structure exhibiting photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in ⁇ 8> is represented by the following formula (18) or (19): (Wherein A and B are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—O) Represents — or —O—CO—CH ⁇ CH—; Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents.
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an
- a structure that exhibits photoreactivity in the above ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, particularly a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in ⁇ 8> is represented by the following formula (20) (where A is A bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH ⁇ CH— To express; Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents.
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
- —NO 2 —CN, —CH ⁇ C (CN) 2 , —CH ⁇ CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group
- X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N ⁇ N—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH ⁇ .
- X may be the same or different
- l represents an integer of 1 to 12
- m represents an integer of 0 to 2.
- the structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity has the following formulas (21) to (31): Wherein A and B have the same definition as above; Y 3 is a group selected from the group consisting of a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing heterocycle, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof.
- each hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be independently substituted with —NO 2 , —CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
- R 3 is a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —CH ⁇ C (CN) 2 , —CH ⁇ CH—CN, halogen group, monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing Represents a heterocyclic ring, an alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0; l represents an integer of 1 to 12, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, provided that in formulas (23) to (24), the sum of all m is 2 or more,
- the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A1) may exhibit a liquid crystallinity and a structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A1).
- ⁇ mol% ⁇ is 15 or more, preferably 15 to 100, more preferably 20 to 80
- the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A2) is 0.95 ⁇ mol% or less when the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A2) and the structure exhibiting liquid crystallinity are 100 mol%.
- it is 0.1 ⁇ to 0.8 ⁇ mol%, more preferably 0.25 ⁇ to 0.5 ⁇ mol%.
- the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A1) is ⁇ ( ⁇ is 30,000 or more, preferably 30,000 to 300,000, more preferably 40,000 to 200,000, More preferably, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A2) is 0.1 ⁇ to 0.9 ⁇ , preferably 0.2 ⁇ to 0.8 ⁇ , more preferably 0.3 ⁇ to 0.7 ⁇ . There should be.
- ⁇ 19> In any one of the above items ⁇ 2> to ⁇ 18>, when the total weight of the polymer (A1) and the polymer (A2) is 100 wt%, the polymer (A1) is 20 to 95 wt%, preferably 50 to 90 wt%. %, More preferably 60 to 80 wt%.
- the monomer (M1) preferably has a structure represented by any one of the above formulas (1) to (20).
- the monomer (M2) may have a structure represented by the above formulas (21) to (31).
- the monomer (M1) is represented by the following formulas MA1, MA3, MA4, MA5, MA14, MA16 to MA23, MA25, MA28 to MA30, MA32, MA34, MA36, MA38. It is preferable that it is at least one selected from the group consisting of MA42, MA44 and MA46.
- the monomer (M2) is selected from the group consisting of the following formulas MA2, MA9 to MA13, MA15, MA24, MA26, MA27, MA31, MA35, MA37, MA43, and MA45. It is good to be at least one selected.
- the polymer (A1) is (M-1) a monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity; (M-2) Monomer (M2) having a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity; and (M-3) Formulas (G-1), (G-2), (G-3) and (G-4)
- M-1) a monomer having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity
- M-2) Monomer
- M2 having a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity
- M-3) Formulas (G-1), (G-2), (G-3) and (G-4)
- a broken line represents a bond
- R 50 represents a group selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a phenyl group, and when there are a plurality of R 50 s , they may be the same or different.
- T is an integer of 1 to 7
- J represents O, S, NH or NR 51
- R 51 represents a group selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a phenyl group.
- the (M-3) monomer (M3) is represented by the following formula (0):
- a and B are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH ⁇ CH— Represents CO—O— or —O—CO—CH ⁇ CH—;
- S is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced by a halogen group;
- T is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced with a halogen group;
- X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N ⁇ N—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH ⁇ .
- X may be the same or different;
- P and Q are each independently selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof.
- the polymer (A1) is (M-4) a monomer (M4) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group; It is good to form further.
- the polymer (A2) is (M-1) a monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity; (M-2) a monomer (M2) having a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity; and (M-4) at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group. Having monomer (M4); It is good to form.
- (M-4) a monomer (M4) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group, and a urethane group, It may be at least one selected from the group consisting of the following formulas MA6 to MA8 and MA33.
- the polymer (A1) has a monomer (M1) of ⁇ mol% ( ⁇ is 15 or more, preferably 15 to 100, more preferably 20 to 80) and the remainder is monomer (M2)
- the polymer (A2) has a monomer (M1) of 0.95 ⁇ mol% or less, preferably 0.1 ⁇ to 0.8 ⁇ mol%, more preferably 0.25 ⁇ to 0.5 ⁇ mol%, and the remainder is monomer (M2 ) To be formed.
- ⁇ 32> A liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal aligning agent according to ⁇ 31>.
- [I] A step of applying the polymer composition of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 30> above onto a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field to form a coating film; [II] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II];
- a method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film which obtains a liquid crystal alignment film imparted with an alignment control ability.
- ⁇ 34> A substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film of ⁇ 32>.
- ⁇ 35> [I] A step of applying the polymer composition according to any one of the above ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 30> onto a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field to form a coating film; [II] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II]; The manufacturing method of the board
- ⁇ 36> A liquid crystal display device having the substrate of ⁇ 34> above.
- ⁇ 37> a step of preparing the substrate (first substrate) of ⁇ 34>above;
- [I ′] A step of applying the polymer composition according to any one of claims 1 to 26 on a second substrate to form a coating film;
- [II ′] A step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I ′] with polarized ultraviolet rays;
- [III ′] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II ′];
- a substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element which is provided with high efficiency and orientation control ability and has excellent image sticking characteristics
- a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element having the substrate can do.
- a polymer composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film that can efficiently obtain a liquid crystal alignment film having a good quality by expanding the range of the light irradiation amount in which the alignment control ability is stably generated
- a composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element can be provided.
- a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal element having an improved voltage holding ratio and a polymer composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film for the element specifically, a lateral electric field drive type A composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film for a liquid crystal display element
- the liquid crystal aligning agent comprising the composition alone, consisting essentially of the composition only, or having the composition, the liquid crystal alignment A liquid crystal alignment film manufactured using an agent, a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal alignment element having the liquid crystal alignment film and / or the substrate, particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element can be provided.
- the method for manufacturing the liquid crystal alignment film in addition to or in addition to the above effects, the method for manufacturing the liquid crystal alignment film, the method for manufacturing the substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, the liquid crystal liquid crystal alignment film and / or the liquid crystal having the substrate
- a method for manufacturing a display element, particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element can be provided. Since the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, in particular the lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, is provided with the alignment control ability with high efficiency, the display characteristics are not impaired even when continuously driven for a long time.
- a liquid crystal display element having improved voltage holding ratio by adsorbing ionic impurities in the liquid crystal at the liquid crystal alignment film interface, particularly a lateral electric field driven liquid crystal An element and a liquid crystal alignment film for the element can be provided.
- the present application provides a polymer composition for a liquid crystal aligning agent, particularly a liquid crystal aligning agent for a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element. Moreover, this application provides the liquid crystal aligning agent which consists only of this composition, consists essentially of this composition, or has this composition, especially the liquid crystal aligning agent for lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display elements. Furthermore, the present application relates to a liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal alignment agent, particularly a liquid crystal alignment film for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, particularly a substrate for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, and A liquid crystal display device having the substrate, particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display device is provided.
- a liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal alignment agent, particularly a liquid crystal alignment film for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, particularly a substrate for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, and A liquid crystal
- the present application provides a polymer composition for a liquid crystal aligning agent, particularly a liquid crystal aligning agent for a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
- the polymer composition of the present application is (A) at least two polymers having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and a structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity; and (B) an organic solvent; Containing.
- 1 type of polymer has a crosslinkable group among at least 2 types of polymers.
- one polymer (A1) and the other polymer (A2) have different amounts of structures that exhibit photoreactivity.
- the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of one polymer (A1) is preferably larger than the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the other polymer (A2).
- the crosslinkable group refers to a substituent capable of crosslinking with a carboxyl group by heat.
- VHR voltage holding ratio
- crosslinkable group examples include, but are not limited to, an epoxy group, an oxetane group, a blocked isocyanate group, a thiirane group, and a thietane group.
- the crosslinkable group is, for example, at least one group selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (G-1), (G-2), (G-3) and (G-4). It is good.
- R 50 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a group selected from phenyl group, the same as or different from each other if R 50 is more T is an integer of 1 to 7, J represents O, S, NH or NR 51 , and R 51 represents a group selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a phenyl group.
- the crosslinkable group may be present at the end of some side chains of the polymer. Moreover, it is good to have a crosslinking
- At least one polymer may further have at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group.
- both of the at least two polymers may further have at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group, and a urethane group.
- each polymer can have the same or different nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle is selected from the group consisting of the following formula [20a], formula [20b] and formula [20c] (wherein Z 2 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms). It may be an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon containing at least one selected structure, preferably 1 to 4 structures.
- one type of polymer has a group selected from a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group, thereby further improving the reliability such as voltage holding ratio (VHR).
- VHR voltage holding ratio
- Each of the at least two polymers preferably has a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity, and a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity.
- liquid crystallinity only in “structure that expresses only liquid crystallinity” is a term used when considering “photoreactivity” and “liquid crystallinity”.
- the expression “only” means that “liquid crystallinity” is expressed but “liquidity” is not expressed.
- the “structure that exhibits photoreactivity” refers to a structure that reacts with light in a certain wavelength range, particularly light with a wavelength range of 250 nm to 400 nm.
- the structure has a side chain of a polymer. Is good.
- photoreactivity is not particularly limited, but means that it reacts with light to show a crosslinking reaction, an isomerization reaction, or a photo-Fries rearrangement, and preferably shows a crosslinking reaction. It is good.
- the achieved orientation control ability can be stably maintained for a long period of time even when exposed to an external stress such as heat.
- the “structure exhibiting liquid crystallinity” refers to a structure exhibiting liquid crystallinity in a certain temperature range, in particular, a temperature range of 100 to 300 ° C., for example, a mesogenic group or a mesogenic component in a polymer side chain. It is preferable that the structure has When a polymer having a “structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity” is used, stable liquid crystal alignment can be obtained when the polymer is used as a liquid crystal alignment film.
- the polymer structure preferably has, for example, a main chain and a side chain bonded to the main chain, and the side chain has a “structure that exhibits photoreactivity” and a “structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity”.
- the “structure that exhibits photoreactivity” and the “structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity” may be included in the same side chain or in different side chains.
- the polymer is provided with a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in a certain side chain, and a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity in another side chain.
- a mesogenic component such as a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a phenylcyclohexyl group, a phenylbenzoate group, or an azobenzene group
- the side chain has a “structure that expresses photoreactivity” that is bonded to the tip and exhibits a crosslinking reaction or isomerization reaction in response to light
- the side chain is a “structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity”
- the structure is a mesogenic component and has a phenylbenzoate group that undergoes a photo-Fries rearrangement reaction, which is a “structure that exhibits photoreactivity”.
- main chain of at least two polymers of the present invention are not particularly limited, but each independently includes hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, It may be composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of radically polymerizable groups such as styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, and siloxane.
- the structure that exhibits photoreactivity may be a structure represented by any one selected from the group consisting of formulas (1) to (6).
- A, B, D, S, Y 1 , Y 2 , R, X, Cou, q1 and q2, q3, P and Q, l1, l2, H, and I have the same definitions as described above. Have.
- the structure that exhibits photoreactivity may be a structure represented by any one selected from the group consisting of formulas (7) to (10).
- A, B, D, Y 1 , X, 1, m, m1, m2, n, Y 2 , and R have the same definition as described above.
- the structure that exhibits photoreactivity may be a structure represented by any one selected from the group consisting of formulas (11) to (13).
- A, X, l, m, m1 and R have the same definition as described above.
- the structure that exhibits photoreactivity may be a structure represented by the formula (14) or (15).
- A, Y 1 , l, m1, and m2 have the same definition as described above.
- the structure that exhibits photoreactivity may be a structure represented by the formula (16) or (17).
- A, X, l and m have the same definition as described above.
- the structure that exhibits photoreactivity may be a structure represented by the formula (18) or (19).
- A, B, Y 1 , q 1 , q 2, l, m 1, m 2, and R 1 have the same definition as described above.
- the structure that exhibits photoreactivity in particular, the structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity, may be a structure represented by the formula (20).
- A, Y 1 , X, 1 and m have the same definition as described above.
- the structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity is preferably a structure represented by any one selected from the group consisting of formulas (21) to (31).
- A, B, Y 3 , R 3 , q 1, q 2, l, m, m 1, m 2 , m 3, R 2 , Z 1 , Z 2 have the same definition as described above.
- ⁇ Amount of structure expressing photoreactivity of each of at least two polymers when the total of the structure expressing photoreactivity and the structure expressing only liquid crystallinity is 100 mol%, The amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A1) is ⁇ mol% ( ⁇ is 15 or more, preferably 15 to 100, more preferably 20 to 80), The amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A2) should be less than the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A1), specifically 0.95 ⁇ mol% or less, preferably The content is 0.1 ⁇ to 0.8 ⁇ mol%, more preferably 0.25 ⁇ to 0.5 ⁇ mol%.
- polymers having different amounts of structures that exhibit photoreactivity it is considered to have the following effects. That is, the orientation by ultraviolet irradiation is determined by the polymer (polymer (A1)) having a relatively large structure that exhibits photoreactivity.
- a polymer (polymer (A2)) having a relatively small structure that exhibits photoreactivity but a relatively large structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity (polymer (A2)) is aligned according to the alignment defined by the polymer (A1).
- each polymer can share the function of each and exhibit the function effectively.
- Weight average molecular weight of each of at least two polymers is ⁇ ( ⁇ is 30,000 or more, preferably 30,000 to 300,000, more preferably 40,000 to 200,000, more preferably 60,000 to 150,000). And The other weight average molecular weight is 0.1 ⁇ to 0.9 ⁇ , preferably 0.2 ⁇ to 0.8 ⁇ , more preferably 0.3 ⁇ to 0.7 ⁇ . In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight is measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method.
- the polymer (A1) having a relatively large amount of structure that exhibits photoreactivity has a weight average molecular weight of ⁇ ( ⁇ is 30,000 or more, preferably 30,000 to 300,000, more preferably 40,000 to 20 10,000, more preferably 60,000 to 150,000)
- the polymer (A2) having a relatively small amount of structure that exhibits photoreactivity has a weight average molecular weight of 0.1 ⁇ to 0.9 ⁇ , preferably 0.2 ⁇ to 0.8 ⁇ , more preferably 0.3 ⁇ to It should be 0.7 ⁇ .
- the polymer having a large weight average molecular weight is relatively lower layer of the liquid crystal alignment film (relative to the substrate).
- a polymer having a small weight average molecular weight tends to be formed in a relatively upper layer (layer relatively far from the substrate) of the liquid crystal alignment film.
- the polymer (A2) having a relatively small structure that exhibits photoreactivity and a small weight average molecular weight is formed in a relatively upper layer (a layer far from the substrate) of the liquid crystal alignment film.
- the polymer (A1) in the lower layer (layer relatively close to the substrate) is oriented according to the polarized ultraviolet rays.
- the polymer (A2) of the upper layer (layer relatively far from the substrate) is oriented along the orientation of the polymer (A1).
- the polymer (A1) is 20 to 95 wt%, preferably 50 to 90 wt%, more preferably 60 to 80 wt%. ) Should be the remainder.
- the polymer (A1) and the polymer (A2) have two or more of the above three characteristics, ie, “amount of structure that develops photoreactivity”, “weight average molecular weight”, and “weight ratio”. It is preferred to have properties, preferably all three properties.
- the production method of the at least two polymers of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has the above-described configuration.
- at least two polymers of the present invention include (M-1) a monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity; and (M-2) a monomer having a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity.
- the polymer (A1) is (M-1) a monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity; (M-2) a monomer (M2) having a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity; and (M-3) a monomer having a crosslinkable group, specifically, the above formulas (G-1), (G-2), Monomer (M3) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of (G-3) and (G-4), more specifically the following formula (0) (in formula (0), A, B, S, T, X, P, Q, 11, 12, and G have the same definition as above, and a monomer having a structure represented by: It is good to form.
- the polymer (A1) has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group
- the polymer (A1) (M-4) a monomer (M4) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group; It is good to form further.
- the polymer (A2) is (M-1) a monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity; and (M-2) a monomer (M2) having a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity; It is good to form.
- the polymer (A2) has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group, and a urethane group
- the polymer (A2) is: (M-4) a monomer (M4) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group; It is good to form further.
- the polymer (A2) when the polymer (A2) has a crosslinkable group, the polymer (A2) may further be formed to further include the above-described (M-3) monomer (M3).
- the polymer (A1) and the polymer (A2) may have other monomers in addition to the above-mentioned monomers and may be formed by copolymerization within a range not impairing the photoreactive property and / or liquid crystallinity. Good.
- at least two kinds of polymers of the present invention are formed having the monomer (M1) and the monomer (M2), but the total of the monomer (M1) and the monomer (M2) is 100 mol%.
- the monomer (M1) is ⁇ mol% ( ⁇ is 15 or more, preferably 15 to 100, more preferably 20 to 80) and the balance is the monomer (M2). ) To be formed.
- the monomer (M1) is 0.95 ⁇ mol% or less, preferably 0.1 ⁇ to 0.8 ⁇ mol%, more preferably 0.25 ⁇ to 0.5 ⁇ mol%, and the remainder is monomer. It may be formed so as to be (M2).
- the monomer (M1) and the monomer (M2) used in the polymer (A1) and the polymer (A2) are common to each other.
- Monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity and its production method At least two polymers of the present invention have the monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits the above-described photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity; and (M-2) the monomer (M2) having a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity. It is good to obtain by forming and specifically copolymerizing.
- the monomer (M1) having a structure that develops photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity may form a polymer having a structure that develops photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity at the side chain site of the polymer when the polymer is formed. It is a monomer that can be used.
- the structure that exhibits photoreactivity at the side chain site the following structures and derivatives thereof are preferable.
- the monomer (M1) include hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, radical polymerizable groups such as styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, and siloxane
- the monomer (M1) is polymerized in the following formulas MA1, MA3, MA4, MA5, MA14, MA16 to MA23, MA25, MA28 to MA30, MA32, MA34, MA36, MA38 to MA42, MA44 and MA46, and their compounds.
- the polymerizable group of the compound having methacrylate as a functional group is replaced with a polymerizable group selected from the group consisting of acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene and siloxane. It may be at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds.
- the monomer (M1) may have (meth) acrylate as a polymerizable group, and preferably, for example, the end of the side chain is COOH. Note that MA1 to MA46 can be synthesized as follows.
- MA1 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2011-084546).
- MA2 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-118717).
- MA3 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in non-patent literature (Macromolecules 2002, 35, 706-713).
- MA4 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
- MA5 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-18807).
- MA6 to MA9 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
- As MA10 commercially available M6BC (manufactured by Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be used.
- MA11 to 13 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document
- MA14 to 18 are commercially available, and M4CA, M4BA, M2CA, M3CA, and M5CA (all of which are manufactured by Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be used.
- MA19 to 23 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
- MA24 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in non-patent literature (Polymer Journal, Vol. 29, No. 4, pp 303-308 (1997)).
- MA25 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
- MA26 and MA27 are the synthesis methods described in non-patent literature (Macromolecules (2012), 45 (21), 8547-8554) and non-patent literature (Liquid Crystals (1995), 19 (4), 433-40), respectively. Can be synthesized.
- MA28 to 33 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
- MA34 to 39 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
- MA40 and 41 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (Japanese Patent Publication No. 2009-511431).
- MA42 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
- MA43 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2012-115129).
- MA44 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2013-1333078).
- MA45 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (WO2008-072652).
- MA46 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
- the monomer (M2) having a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity is a monomer that allows a polymer derived from the monomer to exhibit liquid crystallinity and to form a mesogenic group at a side chain site.
- a mesogenic group having a side chain even if it is a group having a mesogen structure alone such as biphenyl or phenylbenzoate, or a group having a mesogen structure by hydrogen bonding between side chains such as benzoic acid Good.
- the mesogenic group possessed by the side chain the following structure is preferable.
- the monomer (M2) having a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity include hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, A structure having a structure composed of at least one polymerizable group selected from the group consisting of radically polymerizable groups such as norbornene and siloxane and at least one of the above formulas (21) to (31). Is preferred.
- the monomer (M2) is composed of the above-described formulas MA2, MA9 to MA13, MA15, MA24, MA26, MA27, MA31, MA35, MA37, MA43 and MA45, and compounds having a methacrylate as a polymerizable group in these compounds. At least one selected from the group consisting of compounds in which the group is replaced by a polymerizable group selected from the group consisting of acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene and siloxane It is good to be.
- the monomer (M2) may have (meth) acrylate as a polymerizable group, and preferably, for example, the end of the side chain is COOH.
- the polymer (A1) or, if desired, the polymer (A2) is an (M-3) monomer having a crosslinkable group, specifically, the following formulas (G-1), (G-2), ( A monomer (M3) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of G-3) and (G-4), more specifically a monomer having a structure represented by the following formula (0): It is good to be formed.
- monomers having an epoxy group include compounds such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and allyl glycidyl ether.
- the monomer having thiirane include those in which the epoxy structure of the monomer having the epoxy group is replaced with thiirane.
- the monomer having aziridine include those in which the epoxy structure of the monomer having the epoxy group is replaced with aziridine or 1-methylaziridine.
- Examples of the monomer having an oxetane group include (meth) acrylic acid ester having an oxetane group.
- monomers 3- (methacryloyloxymethyl) oxetane, 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) oxetane, 3- (methacryloyloxymethyl) -3-methyl-oxetane, 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) -3- Methyl-oxetane, 3- (methacryloyloxymethyl) -3-ethyl-oxetane, 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) -3-ethyl-oxetane, 3- (methacryloyloxymethyl) -2-trifluoromethyloxetane, 3- ( Acryloyloxymethyl) -2-trifluoromethyloxetane, 3- (methacryloyloxymethyl) -2-phenyl-oxetane, 3- (acryloyl
- the monomer having a thietane group for example, a monomer in which the oxetane group of the monomer having an oxetane group is replaced with a thietane group is preferable.
- the monomer having an azetidine group for example, a monomer in which an oxetane group of a monomer having an oxetane group is replaced with an azetidine group is preferable.
- a monomer having an epoxy group and a monomer having an oxetane group are preferable from the viewpoint of availability and the like, and a monomer having an epoxy group is more preferable.
- glycidyl (meth) acrylate is preferable from the viewpoint of availability.
- the polymer (A1) or the polymer (A2) optionally has (M-4) at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group, and a urethane group.
- the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle is selected from the group consisting of the following formula [20a], formula [20b] and formula [20c] (wherein Z 2 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms). It may be an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon containing at least one selected structure, preferably 1 to 4 structures.
- the polymer composition of the present invention has an ionicity.
- the cross-linking reaction of the group represented by the above formula (0), or a more durable liquid crystal alignment film Obtainable In order to reduce the elution of impurities and promote the cross-linking reaction of the cross-linkable group, more specifically, the cross-linking reaction of the group represented by the above formula (0), or a more durable liquid crystal alignment film Obtainable.
- the monomer (M4) is replaced with the monomer (M1) and the monomer (M2), and optionally with the monomer (M3). What is necessary is just to copolymerize.
- the monomer (M4) is selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbons, (meth) acrylates, itaconates, fumarate, maleates, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, radical polymerizable groups such as styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, and siloxane.
- It preferably has a polymerizable group composed of at least one kind and a structure having a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group.
- NH in the amide group and urethane group may or may not be substituted.
- substituent in the case where it may be substituted include an alkyl group, an amino-protecting group, and a benzyl group.
- the monomer having a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group examples include 2- (2-pyridylcarbonyloxy) ethyl (meth) acrylate and 2- (3-pyridylcarbonyloxy). And ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (4-pyridylcarbonyloxy) ethyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
- the monomer having an amide group or a urethane group examples include 2- (4-methylpiperidin-1-ylcarbonylamino) ethyl (meth) acrylate and 4- (6-methacryloyloxyhexyloxy) benzoic acid.
- Examples thereof include N- (tertiary butyloxycarbonyl) piperidin-4-yl ester, 4- (6-methacryloyloxyhexyloxy) benzoic acid, 2- (tertiary butyloxycarbonylamino) ethyl ester, and the like.
- a monomer (M4) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group is represented by the following formulas MA6 to MA8 and MA33, and Polymerizability wherein the polymerizable group of the compound having a methacrylate as a polymerizable group in the compound is selected from the group consisting of acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene and siloxane It may be at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds in which the group is replaced.
- the unsaturated carboxylic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and the like.
- the acrylic ester compound include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthryl methyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, tert-butyl.
- methacrylic acid ester compound examples include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, anthryl methacrylate, anthryl methyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl methacrylate, tert-butyl.
- Examples of the vinyl compound include vinyl ether, methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, phenyl vinyl ether, and propyl vinyl ether.
- Examples of the styrene compound include styrene, methylstyrene, chlorostyrene, bromostyrene, and the like.
- Examples of maleimide compounds include maleimide, N-methylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
- the method for producing at least two kinds of polymers of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a general-purpose method handled industrially can be used.
- the monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits the above-described photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity
- the monomer (M2) having a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity
- a monomer having a crosslinkable group (M3) if desired.
- radical polymerization is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of ease of reaction control.
- RAFT reversible addition-cleavage chain transfer
- a radical thermal polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals when heated to a decomposition temperature or higher.
- radical thermal polymerization initiators include ketone peroxides (methyl ethyl ketone peroxide, cyclohexanone peroxide, etc.), diacyl peroxides (acetyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, etc.), hydroperoxides (peroxidation).
- the radical photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that initiates radical polymerization by light irradiation.
- examples of such radical photopolymerization initiators include benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, xanthone, thioxanthone, isopropylxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, acetophenone, 2-hydroxy -2-methylpropiophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-4'-isopropylpropiophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, isopropyl benzoin ether, isobutyl benzoin ether, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,2 -Dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, camphorquinone, benzanthrone, 2-methyl-1- [4- (
- the radical polymerization method is not particularly limited, and an emulsion polymerization method, suspension polymerization method, dispersion polymerization method, precipitation polymerization method, bulk polymerization method, solution polymerization method and the like can be used.
- a monomer (M4) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group, and a urethane group is copolymerized and used in the reaction to obtain each of at least two polymers of the present invention.
- the organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the produced polymer is soluble. Specific examples are given below.
- organic solvents may be used alone or in combination. Furthermore, even if it is a solvent which does not dissolve the produced
- the polymerization temperature at the time of radical polymerization can be selected from any temperature of 30 ° C. to 150 ° C., but is preferably in the range of 50 ° C. to 100 ° C.
- the reaction can be carried out at any concentration, but if the concentration is too low, it is difficult to obtain a high molecular weight polymer, and if the concentration is too high, the viscosity of the reaction solution becomes too high and uniform stirring is difficult. Therefore, the monomer concentration is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass.
- the initial stage of the reaction is carried out at a high concentration, and then an organic solvent can be added.
- the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is decreased when the ratio of the radical polymerization initiator is large relative to the monomer, and the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is increased when the ratio is small, the ratio of the radical initiator is
- the content is preferably 0.1 mol% to 10 mol% with respect to the monomer to be polymerized. Further, various monomer components, solvents, initiators and the like can be added during the polymerization.
- the reaction solution may be poured into a poor solvent to precipitate these polymers.
- the poor solvent used for precipitation include methanol, acetone, hexane, heptane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, diethyl ether, methyl ethyl ether, and water.
- the polymer deposited in a poor solvent and precipitated can be recovered by filtration and then dried at normal temperature or under reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating.
- the polymer collected by precipitation is redissolved in an organic solvent and reprecipitation and collection is repeated 2 to 10 times, impurities in the polymer can be reduced.
- the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of poor solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further improved.
- the polymer composition used in the present invention is preferably prepared as a coating solution so as to be suitable for forming a liquid crystal alignment film. That is, the polymer composition used in the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which a resin component for forming a resin film is dissolved in an organic solvent.
- the resin component includes at least two kinds of polymers having the structure that expresses (A) the photoreactivity and the structure that exhibits the liquid crystallinity described above, and one of the polymers has a crosslinkable group. It is a resin component to be included. In that case, the content of the resin component is preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 15% by mass, and particularly preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass.
- the resin component described above may be at least two types of polymers having the above-described (A) structure that exhibits photoreactivity and the structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity.
- other polymers may be mixed as long as the liquid crystal expression ability and the photosensitive performance are not impaired.
- the content of the other polymer in the resin component is 0.5 to 80% by mass, preferably 1 to 50% by mass.
- examples of such other polymers include poly (meth) acrylates, polyamic acids, polyimides, and the like, and examples include polymers that are not polymers having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and a structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity. .
- the organic solvent used for the polymer composition used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that dissolves the resin component. Specific examples are given below. N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, 2-pyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyrrolidone, dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylurea, pyridine, Dimethylsulfone, hexamethylsulfoxide, ⁇ -butyrolactone, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-ethoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 1,3 -Dimethyl-imidazolidinone, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone
- the polymer composition used in the present invention may contain components other than the above components (A) and (B).
- the polymer composition of the present invention when used for a liquid crystal alignment film for a liquid crystal display element, particularly for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, it may contain components other than the components (A) and (B).
- the polymer composition when applied to a substrate, particularly a substrate for a liquid crystal display element, more particularly a substrate for a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, the film thickness uniformity and the surface smoothness are improved.
- substrate it is not limited to this.
- the polymer composition used in the present invention may have (C) a specific amine compound as a component other than the components (A) and (B).
- the specific amine compound as the component (C) specifically has one primary amino group and a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring in the molecule, and the primary amino group is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or It can be an amine compound bonded to a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group.
- a liquid crystal alignment film having higher durability can be obtained.
- the specific amine compound is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits the following effects i) and / or ii) when the polymer composition used in the present invention forms a liquid crystal alignment film. i) Adsorbs ionic impurities in the liquid crystal at the liquid crystal alignment film interface and / or ii) exhibits improved voltage holding ratio.
- the amount of the specific amine compound is not particularly limited as long as the above effect is obtained, but is 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass in 100 parts by mass of the polymer composition used in the present invention. It is good that it is a mass part.
- aliphatic hydrocarbon group examples include a linear alkylene group, an alkylene group having a branched structure, and a divalent hydrocarbon group having an unsaturated bond.
- the aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- divalent non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group examples include cyclopropane ring, cyclobutane ring, cyclopentane ring, cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclooctane ring, cyclononane ring, cyclodecane ring, cycloundecane ring, cyclododecane Ring, cyclotridecane ring, cyclotetradecane ring, cyclopentadecane ring, cyclohexadecane ring, cycloheptadecane ring, cyclooctadecane ring, cyclononadecane ring, cycloicosane ring, tricycloeicosan ring, tricyclodecosan ring, bicycloheptane ring, Examples include a decahydronaphthalene ring, a norbornene ring
- it is a ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a ring having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having a ring having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. It is.
- the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring contained in the amine compound has the following formula [20a], formula [20b] and formula [20c] (wherein Z 2 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms) And an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon containing at least 1, preferably 1 to 4 structures selected from the group consisting of:
- the carbon atom of these nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycles may have a substituent containing a heteroatom.
- More preferred amine compounds are those represented by the following formula A- [1] (wherein Y 11 is a divalent organic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group, and Y 12 is a nitrogen-containing group.
- the amine compound is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic ring.
- Y 12 is not particularly limited as long as Y 12 is a divalent organic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group.
- Preferred Y 11 in formula A- [1] is a divalent organic group having one kind selected from an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. It is good to be.
- Examples of the non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group include the above-described structures.
- Y 11 is more preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, cyclopropane ring, cyclobutane ring, cyclopentane ring, cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclooctane ring, cyclononane ring, cyclodecane ring, cycloundecane ring. , Cyclododecane ring, cyclotridecane ring, cyclotetradecane ring, norbornene ring, adamantane ring and the like. Y 11 is particularly preferably a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- —CH 2 — in any aliphatic hydrocarbon group or non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group not adjacent to the amino group contained in Y 11 is —O—, —NH—, —CO—O—.
- —O—CO—, —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—, —CO—, —S—, —S (O) 2 —, —CF 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, — C (CH 3 ) 2 —, —Si (CH 3 ) 2 —, —O—Si (CH 3 ) 2 —, —Si (CH 3 ) 2 —O—, —O—Si (CH 3 ) 2 —O -It may be replaced by a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic ring.
- a hydrogen atom bonded to an arbitrary carbon atom includes a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic hydrocarbon group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic ring, a fluorine atom, It may be replaced with a hydroxyl group.
- divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, tetrahydronaphthalene ring, azulene ring, indene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, phenalene ring, cyclopropane ring, cyclobutane ring, cyclopentane ring , Cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclooctane ring, cyclononane ring, cyclodecane ring, cycloundecane ring, cyclododecane ring, cyclotridecane ring, cyclotetradecane ring, cyclopentadecane ring, cyclohexadecane ring, cycloheptadecane ring, cyclooctadecane ring Ring, cyclon
- divalent heterocyclic ring examples include pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, pyrazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, purine ring, thiadiazole ring.
- Y 12 in the formula A- [1] is a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring, and as described above, at least one selected from the group consisting of the formula [20a], the formula [20b], and the formula [20c]
- An aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon containing the structure Specific examples thereof include the structure described above.
- pyrrole ring imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, triazole ring, pyrazine ring, benzimidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, quinoxaline ring, azepine ring, diazepine ring, naphthyridine ring , A phenazine ring and a phthalazine ring are preferable.
- Y 11 is a formula [20a], a formula included in Y 12 It is preferable that it is combined with a substituent not adjacent to [20b] and formula [20c].
- the carbon atom of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring which is Y 12 in formula A- [1] may have a halogen atom and / or a substituent of an organic group, and the organic group is an oxygen atom, sulfur You may contain hetero atoms, such as an atom and a nitrogen atom.
- a preferred combination of Y 11 and Y 12 in the formula A- [1] is a group in which Y 11 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- Y 12 is a pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, triazole ring, pyrazine ring, benzimidazole ring, A benzimidazole ring, a quinoxaline ring, an azepine ring, a diazepine ring, a naphthyridine ring, a phenazine ring, or a phthalazine ring.
- the carbon atom of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle of Y 12 may have a halogen atom and / or a substituent of an organic group, and the organic group is a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom. May be contained.
- Y 13 is a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
- Y 14 Is a single bond, or —O—, —NH—, —S—, —SO 2 — or a divalent organic group having 1 to 19 carbon atoms
- the total of carbon atoms of Y 13 and Y 14 Is an amine compound represented by:
- Y 15 is a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring.
- Y 13 in the formula A- [2] is a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group. Specific examples thereof include a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an unsaturated alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a cyclopropane ring, a cyclobutane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclo Octane ring, cyclononane ring, cyclodecane ring, cycloundecane ring, cyclododecane ring, cyclotridecane ring, cyclotetradecane ring, cyclopentadecane ring, cyclohexadecane ring, cycloheptadecane ring, cycloo
- a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms cyclopropane ring, cyclobutane ring, cyclopentane ring, cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclooctane ring, cyclononane ring, cyclodecane ring, cycloundecane ring, cyclododecane And a ring, a cyclotridecane ring, a cyclotetradecane ring, a norbornene ring, and an adamantane ring.
- Particularly preferred is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- —CH 2 — in any aliphatic hydrocarbon group or non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group not adjacent to the amino group contained in Y 13 is —O—, —NH—, —CO—O—, — O—CO—, —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—, —CO—, —S—, —S (O) 2 —, —CF 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, —C ( CH 3 ) 2 —, —Si (CH 3 ) 2 —, —O—Si (CH 3 ) 2 —, —Si (CH 3 ) 2 —O—, —O—Si (CH 3 ) 2 —O—, It may be replaced with a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic ring.
- a hydrogen atom bonded to an arbitrary carbon atom includes a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic hydrocarbon group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic ring, a fluorine atom, It may be replaced with a hydroxyl group.
- the cyclic hydrocarbon group and the heterocyclic ring mentioned here have the same meaning as defined for Y 11 in the formula A- [1].
- Y 14 in the formula A- [2] is a single bond, —O—, —NH—, —S—, —SO 2 — or a divalent organic group having 1 to 19 carbon atoms.
- the divalent organic group having 1 to 19 carbon atoms is a divalent organic group having 1 to 19 carbon atoms, and may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom, or the like. Specific examples of such Y 14 are given below.
- Y 15 in the formula A- [2] is a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring and has the same definition as Y 12 in the formula A- [1]. Specific examples may include the same structure as Y 12 described above. Among these, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, triazole ring, pyrazine ring, benzimidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, quinoxaline ring, azepine ring, diazepine ring, naphthyridine ring , A phenazine ring, or a phthalazine ring is preferable.
- Y 14 is a formula [20a] or formula included in Y 15. It is preferably bonded to a carbon atom that is not adjacent to [20b] or formula [20c]. Further, the carbon atom of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring which is Y 15 in the formula A- [2] may have a halogen atom and / or a substituent of an organic group, and the organic group is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. And may contain a hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom.
- Y 13 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, cyclopropane ring, cyclobutane ring, cyclopentane ring, cyclohexane ring , Cycloheptane ring, cyclooctane ring, cyclononane ring, cyclodecane ring, cycloundecane ring, cyclododecane ring, cyclotridecane ring, cyclotetradecane ring, norbornene ring or adamantane ring, and Y 14 is a single bond, having 1 carbon atom To 10 linear or branched alkylene groups, —O—, —NH—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—, —CO—, —, —CO—, —
- the carbon atom of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring of Y 15 may have a halogen atom and / or a substituent of an organic group, and the organic group is a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom. It may contain.
- Y 13 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, cyclopropane ring, cyclobutane ring, cyclopentane ring, cyclohexane A ring, a cycloheptane ring, a norbornene ring, or an adamantane ring
- Y 14 is a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, —O—, —NH—, —CO—O—, — O—CO—, —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—, —CO—, —S—, —S (O) 2 —, —CH (OH) —, —NH—CH 2 —, —S— CH 2 —, —O—CH 2 —, —O—C 2 H 4
- the carbon atom of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring of Y 15 may have a halogen atom and / or a substituent of an organic group, and the organic group is a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom. It may contain.
- Y 13 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, cyclopropane ring, cyclobutane ring, cyclopentane ring, or A cyclohexane ring
- Y 14 is a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, —O—, —NH—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —CO—NH—.
- the carbon atom of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring of Y 15 may have a halogen atom and / or a substituent of an organic group, and the organic group is a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom. It may contain.
- a particularly preferred combination of Y 13 , Y 14 and Y 15 in the formula A- [2] is that Y 13 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a cyclobutane ring, or a cyclohexane ring, and Y 14 is , Single bond, —O—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—, —CH (OH) —, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, fluorene ring, or anthracene Y 15 is a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyridine ring, or a pyrimidine ring.
- the carbon atom of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring of Y 15 may have a halogen atom and / or a substituent of an organic group, and the organic group is a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom. It may contain.
- Specific examples of the specific amine compound of the component (C) of the present invention include compounds M1 to M156.
- More preferable compounds include M6 to M8, M10, M16 to M21, M31 to M36, M40 to M45, M47 to M57, M59 to M63, M68, M69, M72 to M82, M95 to M98, M100 to M103, M108 to M125, M128 to M137, M139 to M143, and M149 to M156.
- M6 to M8 M16 to M20, M32 to M36, M40, M41, M44, M49 to M54, M59 to M62, M68, M69, M75 to M82, M100 to M103, M108 to M112, M114 to M116 M118 to M121, M125, M134 to M136, M139, M140, M143, M150, and M152 to M156.
- the polymer composition used for this invention may have the following (D) components as components other than the said (A) and (B) component. That is, the component (D) is a compound having an alkoxysilyl group and a urea structure in which both the 1-position and the 3-position are substituted (hereinafter also referred to as compound D).
- the compound D is not particularly limited as long as the compound D has one or more alkoxysilyl groups and one or more urea structures substituted at both the 1-position and the 3-position. From the viewpoint of properties and the like, a compound represented by the following formula (d) is one of preferred examples.
- X 102 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an n-valent organic group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group, n is an integer of 1 to 6, and R 102 is a hydrogen atom Or represents an alkyl group, and when n is 2 or more, R 102 becomes alkylene together with other R 102 , or when n is 1 to 6, it also binds to X 102 to form a ring together with X 102
- L may represent an alkylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and R 103 and R 104 may each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or (It is an alkynyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and q represents a natural number of 1 to 3.
- R 103 and R 104 in the formula (d) are each independently methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, but availability of raw materials and reactivity From the viewpoint, methyl or ethyl is preferable.
- L in the formula (d) examples include alkylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, but trimethylene is preferable from the viewpoint of obtaining the raw material.
- One embodiment of the compound of component (D) is a compound in which X 102 is a divalent organic group, R 102 is a hydrogen atom, and L is trimethylene.
- Such a compound represented by the formula (2-1) can be obtained by reacting diamine with 2.05 equivalent of trialkoxysilylpropyl isocyanate.
- X in the compound represented by the formula (2-1) is preferably a structure selected from the following structural formulas.
- One embodiment of the compound of component (D) is a compound in which X 102 is a divalent organic group, R 102 together forms an alkylene, and L is trimethylene.
- Such a compound represented by the formula (2-2) can be obtained by reacting 2.05 equivalent of trialkoxysilylpropyl isocyanate with a cyclic compound containing two NH.
- X in the compound represented by the formula (2-2) is preferably a structure selected from the following structural formulas.
- the description includes a nitrogen atom in the ring.
- X 102 is a divalent organic group, one of R 102 is a hydrogen atom, and the other is also bonded to X 102 to form a ring, A compound in which L is trimethylene.
- Such a compound represented by the formula (2-3) can be obtained by reacting diamine with 2.05 equivalent of trialkoxysilylpropyl isocyanate.
- X in the compound represented by the formula (2-3) is preferably a structure selected from the following structural formulas.
- the description includes a nitrogen atom in the ring.
- One embodiment of the compound of component (D) is a compound in which X 102 is a trivalent organic group, R 102 is a hydrogen atom, and L is trimethylene.
- Such a compound represented by the formula (2-4) can be obtained by reacting a triamine compound with 3.05 equivalent of trialkoxysilylpropyl isocyanate.
- X in the compound represented by the formula (2-4) is preferably a structure selected from the following structural formulas.
- One embodiment of the compound of component (D) is a compound in which X 102 is a monovalent organic group, R 102 is a hydrogen atom, and L is trimethylene.
- Such a compound represented by the formula (2-5) can be obtained by reacting a monoamine compound with 1.05 equivalent of trialkoxysilylpropyl isocyanate.
- X in the compound represented by the formula (2-5) is preferably a structure selected from the following structural formulas.
- One embodiment of the compound of component (D) is a compound in which X 102 is a monovalent organic group, R 102 is bonded to X 102 to form a ring, and L is trimethylene.
- Such a compound represented by the formula (2-6) can be obtained by reacting 1.05 equivalent of trialkoxysilylpropyl isocyanate with a cyclic compound containing one NH.
- X in the compound represented by the formula (2-6) is preferably a structure selected from the following structural formulas.
- the description includes a nitrogen atom in the ring.
- the amount of the isocyanate compound used may be 0.98 equivalent times to 1.2 equivalent times with respect to one NH or NH 2 group. More preferably, it is 1.0 equivalent times to 1.05 equivalent times.
- the reaction solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
- hydrocarbons such as hexane, cyclohexane, benzene and toluene; halogens such as carbon tetrachloride, chloroform and 1,2-dichloroethane Hydrocarbons; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone; nitriles such as acetonitrile and propionitrile; ethyl acetate and ethyl propionate N-containing aprotic polar solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone; Dimethyl sul
- Sulfur aprotic polar solvent pyridine, pyridines picoline and the like. These solvents may be used alone or as a mixture of two or more thereof. Preferred are toluene, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate and tetrahydrofuran, and more preferred are acetonitrile and tetrahydrofuran.
- the amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but the reaction may be carried out without using a solvent.
- the solvent is used in an amount of 0.1 to 100 times the amount of the isocyanate compound. It may be used.
- the amount is preferably 0.5 to 30 times by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 times by mass.
- the reaction temperature is not particularly limited but is, for example, ⁇ 90 to 150 ° C., preferably ⁇ 30 to 100 ° C., and more preferably 0 ° C. to 80 ° C.
- the reaction time is usually 0.05 to 200 hours, preferably 0.5 to 100 hours.
- a catalyst may be added to shorten the reaction time.
- examples thereof include dibutyltin dilaurate, dioctyltin bis (isooctyl thioglycolate), dibutyltin bis (isooctyl thioglycolate), dibutyltin diacetate, etc.
- Inorganic acids such as sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid and perchloric acid
- titanium compounds such as tetrabutyl titanate, tetraethyl titanate and tetraisopropyl titanate
- bismuth compounds such as bismuth tris (2-ethylhexanoate); quaternary An ammonium salt etc. are mentioned.
- These catalysts may be used alone or in combination of two or more. These catalysts are preferably liquid or soluble in the reaction solvent.
- the catalyst When a catalyst is added, the catalyst may be used in an amount of 0.005 wt% to 100 wt%, preferably 0.05 wt% to 10 wt%, based on the total amount (mass) of the compound having an isocyanate group. Preferably, it is 0.1 wt% to 5 wt%. If an organotin compound, a titanium compound, or a bismuth compound is used as the catalyst, the amount is preferably 0.005 wt% to 0.1 wt%.
- This reaction can be carried out at normal pressure or under pressure, and may be batch or continuous.
- Specific examples of the preferred component (D) include compounds represented by any one of S1 to S4.
- the amount of the component (D) component is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass and more preferably 1 to 10% by mass with respect to the polymer of the (A) component.
- the polymer composition used for this invention can mention the following as components other than the said (A) and (B) component, it is not limited to these.
- the following are mentioned as a specific example of the solvent (poor solvent) which improves the uniformity of film thickness and surface smoothness.
- solvents may be used alone or in combination.
- it is preferably 5% by mass to 80% by mass of the total solvent, more preferably so as not to significantly reduce the solubility of the entire solvent contained in the polymer composition. Is 20% by mass to 60% by mass.
- Examples of the compound that improves film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants. More specifically, for example, Ftop (registered trademark) 301, EF303, EF352 (manufactured by Tochem Products), MegaFac (registered trademark) F171, F173, R-30 (manufactured by DIC), Florard FC430, FC431 (Manufactured by Sumitomo 3M), Asahi Guard (registered trademark) AG710 (manufactured by Asahi Glass), Surflon (registered trademark) S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.) It is done.
- the use ratio of these surfactants is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the polymer composition
- the compound that improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include the following functional silane-containing compounds.
- phenoplasts and epoxy group-containing compounds for the purpose of preventing the deterioration of electrical characteristics due to the backlight when the liquid crystal display element is constructed
- An agent may be contained in the polymer composition. Specific phenoplast additives are shown below, but are not limited to this structure.
- Specific epoxy group-containing compounds include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1, 6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, N, N, N ′, N ′,-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane, N, N, N ′, N ′,-tetraglycidyl- , 4'-diaminodip
- the amount used is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the polymer composition. More preferably, it is 1 to 20 parts by mass. If the amount used is less than 0.1 parts by mass, the effect of improving the adhesion cannot be expected, and if it exceeds 30 parts by mass, the orientation of the liquid crystal may deteriorate.
- a photosensitizer can also be used as an additive. Colorless and triplet sensitizers are preferred.
- photosensitizers aromatic nitro compounds, coumarins (7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin, 7-hydroxy4-methylcoumarin), ketocoumarins, carbonyl biscoumarins, aromatic 2-hydroxyketones, and amino-substituted Aromatic 2-hydroxyketones (2-hydroxybenzophenone, mono- or di-p- (dimethylamino) -2-hydroxybenzophenone), acetophenone, anthraquinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, benzanthrone, thiazoline (2-benzoylmethylene-3 -Methyl- ⁇ -naphthothiazoline, 2- ( ⁇ -naphthoylmethylene) -3-methylbenzothiazoline, 2- ( ⁇ -naphthoylmethylene) -3-methylbenzothiazoline, 2- (4-b
- Aromatic 2-hydroxy ketone (benzophenone), coumarin, ketocoumarin, carbonyl biscoumarin, acetophenone, anthraquinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, and acetophenone ketal are preferred.
- a dielectric, a conductive substance, or the like for the purpose of changing the electrical properties such as the dielectric constant and conductivity of the liquid crystal alignment film, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- a crosslinkable compound may be added for the purpose of increasing the hardness and density of the liquid crystal alignment film.
- the present application has a polymer composition as described above, or consists essentially of the polymer composition as described above, or a liquid crystal aligning agent composed of only the polymer composition as described above, particularly for a liquid crystal display element, more particularly laterally.
- a liquid crystal aligning agent for an electric field driven liquid crystal display element is provided.
- liquid crystal aligning film formed from the above-mentioned liquid crystal aligning agent, especially the liquid crystal aligning film for liquid crystal display elements, and more especially for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
- present application relates to a liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal alignment agent described above, particularly a substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film for a liquid crystal display element, more particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, particularly a liquid crystal display element.
- a substrate for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element is provided.
- the liquid crystal alignment film described above is [I] The process of apply
- a liquid crystal alignment film imparted with an alignment control ability, particularly a liquid crystal alignment film for a liquid crystal display element, more particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, or a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained.
- ⁇ Board Although it does not specifically limit about a board
- the substrate has a conductive film for driving a horizontal electric field when used in a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
- the conductive film include, but are not limited to, ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) and IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide) when the liquid crystal display element is a transmission type.
- examples of the conductive film include a material that reflects light such as aluminum, but are not limited thereto.
- a method for forming a conductive film on a substrate a conventionally known method can be used.
- Step [I] a coating film is formed by applying the polymer composition of the present invention, which exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range, onto a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field.
- the method for applying the polymer composition described above or the liquid crystal aligning agent described above onto a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field is not particularly limited.
- the application method is generally performed by screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, an inkjet method, or the like.
- Other coating methods include a dipping method, a roll coater method, a slit coater method, a spinner method (rotary coating method), or a spray method, and these may be used depending on the purpose.
- the heating means such as a hot plate, a thermal circulation oven or an IR (infrared) oven is used.
- the solvent can be evaporated at 50 to 150 ° C. to obtain a coating film.
- the drying temperature at this time is preferably lower than the liquid crystal phase expression temperature of the polymer of the component (A) of the present invention.
- the liquid crystal phase expression temperature of the polymer of component (A) is a temperature at which at least two polymers of component (A) exhibit a liquid crystal phase as a whole.
- the thickness of the coating film is preferably 5 nm to 300 nm, more preferably 10 nm to 150 nm. It is.
- step [II] the coating film obtained in step [I] is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays.
- the substrate is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate from a certain direction.
- ultraviolet rays to be used ultraviolet rays having a wavelength in the range of 100 nm to 400 nm can be used.
- the optimum wavelength is selected through a filter or the like depending on the type of coating film to be used.
- ultraviolet light having a wavelength in the range of 290 nm to 400 nm can be selected and used so that the photocrosslinking reaction can be selectively induced.
- the ultraviolet light for example, light emitted from a high-pressure mercury lamp can be used.
- the irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet rays depends on the coating film used.
- the amount of irradiation is polarized ultraviolet light that realizes the maximum value of ⁇ A (hereinafter also referred to as ⁇ Amax), which is the difference between the ultraviolet light absorbance in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of polarized ultraviolet light and the ultraviolet light absorbance in a direction perpendicular to the polarization direction of the polarized ultraviolet light.
- the amount is preferably in the range of 1% to 70%, more preferably in the range of 1% to 50%.
- Step [III] the ultraviolet-irradiated coating film polarized in step [II] is heated.
- An orientation control ability can be imparted to the coating film by heating.
- a heating means such as a hot plate, a heat circulation type oven, or an IR (infrared) type oven can be used.
- the heating temperature can be determined in consideration of the temperature at which the liquid crystallinity of the coating film used is developed.
- the heating temperature is preferably within the temperature range of the temperature at which the polymer of the component (A) of the present invention exhibits liquid crystallinity (hereinafter referred to as liquid crystallinity expression temperature).
- the liquid crystallinity expression temperature on the coating film surface is expected to be lower than the liquid crystallinity expression temperature when the polymer of the component (A) of the present invention is observed in bulk.
- the heating temperature is more preferably within the temperature range of the liquid crystallinity expression temperature on the coating film surface. That is, the temperature range of the heating temperature after irradiation with polarized ultraviolet rays is 10 ° C.
- the temperature is in a range where the upper limit is 10 ° C. lower than the upper limit. If the heating temperature is lower than the above temperature range, the anisotropic amplification effect due to heat in the coating film tends to be insufficient, and if the heating temperature is too higher than the above temperature range, the state of the coating film Tends to be close to an isotropic liquid state (isotropic phase), and in this case, self-organization may make it difficult to reorient in one direction.
- the liquid crystalline expression temperature is equal to or higher than the glass transition temperature (Tg) at which the polymer or coating film surface of the component (A) of the present invention undergoes a phase transition from the solid phase to the liquid crystal phase, and from the liquid crystal phase to the isotropic phase ( A temperature below the isotropic phase transition temperature (Tiso) that causes a phase transition in the isotropic phase.
- Tg glass transition temperature
- Tiso isotropic phase transition temperature
- the thickness of the coating film formed after heating is preferably 5 nm to 300 nm, more preferably 50 nm to 150 nm, for the same reason described in the step [I].
- the production method of the present invention can realize highly efficient introduction of anisotropy into the coating film. And a board
- liquid crystal display element> and ⁇ Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element>
- the present application provides a liquid crystal display element having a substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film obtained as described above, particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
- a second substrate is prepared, whereby a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element can be obtained.
- the second substrate uses a substrate having no lateral electric field driving conductive film instead of the substrate having the lateral electric field driving conductive film, the second electric field driving conductive film as in the first substrate is used.
- a substrate having In addition, the second substrate preferably has a liquid crystal alignment film as in the first substrate.
- the step [IV] is performed in the same manner as in the above [I ′] to [III ′], similarly to the substrate (first substrate) obtained in [III] and having the liquid crystal alignment film on the conductive film for lateral electric field driving.
- the obtained liquid crystal alignment film-attached substrate (second substrate) is arranged to face each other with the liquid crystal alignment film facing each other through the liquid crystal, and a liquid crystal cell is manufactured by a known method.
- This is a step of manufacturing a drive type liquid crystal display element.
- the steps [I ′] to [III ′] can be performed in the same manner as the steps [I] to [III] except for the difference in the presence or absence of the conductive film for driving the lateral electric field in the step [I]. Since the difference between the steps [I] to [III] and the steps [I ′] to [III ′] is only the presence or absence of the conductive film, the description of the steps [I ′] to [III ′] is omitted. To do.
- the first and second substrates described above are prepared, spacers are dispersed on the liquid crystal alignment film of one substrate, and the liquid crystal alignment film surface is on the inside.
- the other substrate is bonded and the liquid crystal is injected under reduced pressure to seal, or the liquid crystal is dropped on the liquid crystal alignment film surface on which the spacers are dispersed, and then the substrate is bonded and sealed.
- Etc. can be illustrated.
- the diameter of the spacer is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m. This spacer diameter determines the distance between the pair of substrates that sandwich the liquid crystal layer, that is, the thickness of the liquid crystal layer.
- the polymer composition or the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention As described above, the polymer composition or the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention, the liquid crystal alignment film formed using the composition or the liquid crystal aligning agent, the substrate having the alignment film, and the liquid crystal alignment film or substrate are provided.
- the liquid crystal display element formed in this manner in particular the lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, has excellent reliability and can be suitably used for a large-screen, high-definition liquid crystal television.
- M1 as a monomer having a photoreactive group used in Examples M2 as a monomer having a liquid crystal group, HBAGE as a monomer having a crosslinking group, and A1 as a monomer having an amide group are shown below.
- M1 and M2 were synthesized as follows. That is, M1 was synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (WO2011-084546). M2 was synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-118717). A polymer formed using M1 as a monomer has photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity, and a polymer formed using M2 as a monomer has only liquid crystallinity. The monomer A1 to be copolymerized was synthesized by the synthesis method described in Synthesis Example 1 below. As HBAGE (hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether), a commercially available product was used.
- HBAGE hydroxybutyl
- Example 1 Add the methacrylate polymer powder P1 (0.105 g) obtained in Polymer Synthesis Example P1 and the methacrylate polymer powder P2 (0.245 g) obtained in Polymer Synthesis Example P2 to NMP (5.65 g) at room temperature. Stir for 1 hour to dissolve. To this solution, PB (4.0 g) was added and stirred to obtain a polymer solution T1. This polymer solution T1 was used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it was.
- the polymer types used and their wt%, and for Example 1, two types of polymers were used.
- Amount of photoreactive group, monomer species from which “photoreactive group” and “liquid crystalline group” in each polymer are derived, “amount of photoreactive group” in the monomer, and liquid crystal aligning agent derived therefrom is summarized in Table 2 below.
- the “photoreactive group amount in each polymer” and “total photoreactive group amount” in Table 2 can be determined, for example, as follows.
- the monomer from which the “photoreactive group” in the polymer species P1 is derived is M1.
- M2 has only a “liquid crystalline group”.
- the amount of photoreactive groups in each polymer is a mol% value of “photoreactive groups” when the total of “liquid crystalline groups” and “photoreactive groups” is 100 mol%.
- the “photoreactive group amount” of the polymer species P1 is 100 ⁇ ⁇ 0.1 / (0.1 + 0.9) ⁇ , which is 10 mol%.
- the “photoreactive group amount” in the polymer species P2 is 20 mol%.
- the “total photoreactive group amount” is determined from the weight ratio of the polymer species P1 and P2 and the “photoreactive group amount” in the polymer species P1 and P2, and is 0.1 mol% ⁇ 0.3 (P1 0.17 mol% is obtained from (the seed is derived from 30 wt%) + 0.2 mol% ⁇ 0.7 (the P2 seed is derived from 70 wt%).
- the liquid crystal aligning agent (T1) obtained in Example 1 was filtered through a 0.45 ⁇ m filter, spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode, dried on a hot plate at 70 ° C. for 90 seconds, and a film thickness of 100 nm. A liquid crystal alignment film was formed. Next, the surface of the coating film was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 313 nm through a polarizing plate at 10 to 80 mJ / cm 2 and then heated on a hot plate at 140 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film.
- liquid crystal alignment film Two substrates with such a liquid crystal alignment film are prepared, a 6 ⁇ m spacer is set on the liquid crystal alignment film surface of one substrate, and the two substrates are combined so that the rubbing directions are parallel to each other.
- the periphery was sealed, and an empty cell with a cell gap of 4 ⁇ m was produced.
- Liquid crystal MLC-3019 manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc.
- Liquid crystal MLC-3019 manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc.
- liquid crystal cells were prepared using the liquid crystal alignment agents CT1, CT2 and CT3 obtained in Controls 1 to 3.
- VHR voltage holding ratio
- Example 1 two polymers having different photoreactive group amounts are used, and a polymer having a relatively large photoreactive group amount has an epoxy group (derived from HBAGE).
- an epoxy group derived from HBAGE.
- the film shows a good orientation and a good VHR in a wide range of UV irradiation doses.
- Example 1 and Control 1 are compared, they have almost the same amount of total photoreactive groups (Example 1: 0.17; Control 1: 0.20), and both are epoxy.
- a polymer having a group (derived from HBAGE) and a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group is used, whereby VHR shows almost the same value.
- Example 1 in both, in Example 1, two types (P1 and P2) are used as the polymer type, while in Control 1, only one type (P2) is used as the polymer type.
- P1 and P2 two types
- P2 only one type
- UV irradiation dose 50 mJ / cm 2 and while excellent orientation in 80 mJ / cm 2 is confirmed
- Example 1 shows better orientation in a wide range of UV irradiation dose and VHR also has a desired value as compared with Control 1.
- Example 1 Comparing Example 1 with Control 2, both have approximately the same amount of total photoreactive groups (Example 1: 0.17; Control 2: 0.20), thereby allowing them to have a wide range of UV irradiation. It shows good orientation in the amount.
- Example 1 two types (P1 and P2) are used as polymer species, and a polymer having an epoxy group (derived from HBAGE) and a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group is used in the two types of polymers.
- P3 only one type (P3) is used as the polymer type. Due to this difference, VHR shows a desired value in Example 1, whereas VHR is lower than the desired value in Control 2, and Example 1 has a wider range of UV irradiation than Control 2.
- Example 1 and Control 3 both have the same total photoreactive group amount (Example 1: 0.17; Control 3: 0.17), but two polymer types (P1 and P2). ) And a polymer having an epoxy group (derived from HBAGE) and a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group in the two types of polymers, while in Control 3, only one type (P4) is used as the polymer type, The P4 is different in that it does not have an epoxy group (derived from HBAGE) and a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group.
- Example 1 shows good orientation in a wide range of UV irradiation doses and VHR also shows a desired value, whereas in Control 3, VHR is lower than the desired value and the UV irradiation amount is also related. It can be seen that the desired characteristics cannot be achieved at any dose.
Abstract
Description
光配向法には様々な方法があるが、直線偏光またはコリメートした光によって液晶配向膜を構成する有機膜内に異方性を形成し、その異方性に従って液晶を配向させる。 In addition to the conventional rubbing method, a photo-alignment method is known as an alignment treatment method for a liquid crystal alignment film for imparting alignment control ability. Compared with the conventional rubbing method, the photo-alignment method eliminates the need for rubbing, does not cause the generation of dust and static electricity, and can perform the alignment treatment even on the substrate of the liquid crystal display element having the uneven surface. There is an advantage that you can.
There are various photo alignment methods. Anisotropy is formed in the organic film constituting the liquid crystal alignment film by linearly polarized light or collimated light, and the liquid crystal is aligned according to the anisotropy.
分解型の光配向法は、例えば、ポリイミド膜に偏光紫外線を照射し、分子構造の紫外線吸収の偏光方向依存性を利用して異方的な分解を生じさせ、分解せずに残されたポリイミドにより液晶を配向させる手法である(例えば、特許文献1を参照)。 As the photo-alignment method, a decomposition-type photo-alignment method, a photo-crosslinking type, a photo-isomerization-type photo-alignment method, and the like are known.
The decomposition type photo-alignment method is, for example, that a polyimide film is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays, and an anisotropic decomposition is generated by utilizing the polarization direction dependency of ultraviolet absorption of the molecular structure. This is a method of aligning the liquid crystal by the method (for example, see Patent Document 1).
しかしながら、光配向法において用いる主成分の配向制御能が偏光した光の照射量に敏感すぎると、液晶配向膜の一部又は全体において配向が不完全になり、安定な液晶の配向が実現できない場合が生じる。 As described above, the photo-alignment method has a great advantage because it eliminates the rubbing process itself as compared with the rubbing method conventionally used industrially as an alignment treatment method for liquid crystal display elements. And compared with the rubbing method in which the alignment control ability becomes almost constant by rubbing, the photo alignment method can control the alignment control ability by changing the irradiation amount of polarized light.
However, if the alignment controllability of the main component used in the photo-alignment method is too sensitive to the amount of polarized light, the alignment may be incomplete in part or all of the liquid crystal alignment film, and stable liquid crystal alignment cannot be realized. Occurs.
具体的には、本発明の目的は、配向制御能が安定して生じる光照射量の範囲を拡大させて、品質のよい液晶配向膜を効率よく得られる、液晶配向膜製造用の重合体組成物、具体的には横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用液晶配向膜製造用組成物を提供することにある。 The present invention provides a substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element which is provided with high efficiency and orientation control ability and has excellent image sticking characteristics, and a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element having the substrate. With the goal.
Specifically, an object of the present invention is to increase the range of light irradiation amount in which the alignment control ability is stably generated, and to efficiently obtain a high-quality liquid crystal alignment film, a polymer composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film The object is to provide a composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film for a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
さらに、本発明の目的は、上記目的以外に、又は上記目的に加えて、該組成物のみからなるか、該組成物のみから本質的になるか又は、該組成物を有する液晶配向剤、該液晶配向剤を用いて製造される液晶配向膜、該液晶配向膜を有する基板、該液晶配向膜及び/又は該基板を有する液晶表示素子、特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子を提供することにある。
また、本発明の目的は、上記目的以外に、又は上記目的に加えて、前記液晶配向膜の製造方法、該液晶配向膜を有する基板の製造方法、該液晶液晶配向膜及び/又は該基板を有する液晶表示素子、特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子の製造方法を提供することにある。 In addition to the above object, an object of the present invention is to provide a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal device having an improved voltage holding ratio and a polymer composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film for the device, specifically, a lateral electric field. The object is to provide a composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film for a drive type liquid crystal display element.
Furthermore, the object of the present invention is not limited to the above object, or in addition to the above object, the liquid crystal aligning agent comprising only the composition, consisting essentially of the composition, or having the composition, The object is to provide a liquid crystal alignment film produced using a liquid crystal alignment agent, a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, the liquid crystal alignment film and / or a liquid crystal display element having the substrate, particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element. .
In addition to or in addition to the above object, the object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing the liquid crystal alignment film, a method for producing a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, the liquid crystal liquid crystal alignment film and / or the substrate. Another object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal display element, particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
<1> (A)光反応性を発現する構造及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するポリマーを少なくとも2種;及び
(B)有機溶媒;
を含有する重合体組成物であって、
少なくとも2種のポリマーのうち、1種のポリマーが、架橋性基を有する、上記組成物。
<2> 上記<1>において、少なくとも2種のポリマーのうち、一方のポリマー(A1)と他方のポリマー(A2)とは互いに光反応性を発現する構造の量が異なるのがよい。
<3> 上記<2>において、ポリマー(A1)の光反応性を発現する構造の量は、ポリマー(A2)の光反応性を発現する構造の量よりも多いのがよい。 The inventors have found the following invention.
<1> (A) at least two polymers having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and a structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity; and (B) an organic solvent;
A polymer composition comprising:
The composition described above, wherein one of the at least two polymers has a crosslinkable group.
<2> In the above item <1>, one of the polymers (A1) and the other polymer (A2) out of at least two kinds of polymers may be different in the amount of a structure that exhibits photoreactivity.
<3> In the above item <2>, the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A1) is preferably larger than the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A2).
<6> 上記<2>~<5>のいずれかにおいて、ポリマー(A1)が、窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基をさらに有するのがよい。
<7> 上記<2>~<6>のいずれかにおいて、ポリマー(A2)が、窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基をさらに有するのがよい。
<8> 上記<1>~<7>のいずれかにおいて、少なくとも2種のポリマーは各々、光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造、及び液晶性のみを発現する構造を有するのがよい。 <5> In any one of the above items <2> to <4>, the crosslinkable group may be included in the polymer (A1).
<6> In any one of the above items <2> to <5>, the polymer (A1) further has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group, and a urethane group. Is good.
<7> In any one of the above items <2> to <6>, the polymer (A2) further has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group, and a urethane group. Is good.
<8> In any one of the above items <1> to <7>, at least two kinds of polymers each preferably have a structure exhibiting photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity, and a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity.
下記式(1)~(6)
(式中、A、B、Dはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Sは、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
Tは、単結合または炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
Y1は、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR0(式中、R0は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
Y2は、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
Rは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表すか、又はY1と同じ定義を表す;
Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
Couは、クマリン-6-イル基またはクマリン-7-イル基を表し、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
q1とq2は、一方が1で他方が0である;
q3は0または1である;
P及びQは、各々独立に、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基である;ただし、Xが-CH=CH-CO-O-、-O-CO-CH=CH-である場合、-CH=CH-が結合する側のP又はQは芳香環であり、Pの数が2以上となるときは、P同士は同一でも異なっていてもよく、Qの数が2以上となるときは、Q同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
l1は0または1である;
l2は0~2の整数である;
l1とl2がともに0であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはAも単結合を表す;
l1が1であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはBも単結合を表す;
H及びIは、各々独立に、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、およびそれらの組み合わせから選ばれる基である。)
からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の構造であるのがよい。 <9> Structures that exhibit photoreactivity in the above <1> to <8>, particularly structures that exhibit photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in <8>
The following formulas (1) to (6)
(Wherein A, B and D are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO Represents —O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
S is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced by a halogen group;
T is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced with a halogen group;
Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
Y 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof, The hydrogen atom bonded to each independently represents —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. May be substituted with an alkyloxy group of
R represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the same definition as Y 1 ;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
Cou represents a coumarin-6-yl group or a coumarin-7-yl group, and the hydrogen atoms bonded thereto are independently —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH— May be substituted with CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0;
q3 is 0 or 1;
P and Q are each independently selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. Provided that when X is —CH═CH—CO—O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—, P or Q on the side to which —CH═CH— is bonded is an aromatic ring; When the number of P is 2 or more, the Ps may be the same or different, and when the number of Q is 2 or more, the Qs may be the same or different;
l1 is 0 or 1;
l2 is an integer from 0 to 2;
when l1 and l2 are both 0, A represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
when l1 is 1, B represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
H and I are each independently a group selected from a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, and combinations thereof. )
The structure may be any one selected from the group consisting of:
(式中、A、B、Dはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Y1は、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR0(式中、R0は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
lは1~12の整数を表す;
mは、0~2の整数を表し、m1、m2は1~3の整数を表す;
nは0~12の整数(ただしn=0のときBは単結合である)を表す;
Y2は、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
Rは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表すか、又はY1と同じ定義を表す)
からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の構造であるのがよい。 <10> The structures that exhibit photoreactivity in the above <1> to <8>, particularly the structures that exhibit photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in <8> are represented by the following formulas (7) to (10).
(Wherein A, B and D are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO Represents —O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12;
m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and m1 and m2 represent an integer of 1 to 3;
n represents an integer of 0 to 12 (provided that when n = 0, B is a single bond);
Y 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof, The hydrogen atom bonded to each independently represents —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. May be substituted with an alkyloxy group of
R represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the same definition as Y 1 )
The structure may be any one selected from the group consisting of:
(式中、Aは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
lは、1~12の整数を表し、mは0~2の整数を表し、m1は1~3の整数を表す;
Rは、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR0(式中、R0は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良いか、又はヒドロキシ基もしくは炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表す)
からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の構造であるのがよい。 <11> The structures that exhibit photoreactivity in the above <1> to <8>, particularly the structures that exhibit photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in <8> are represented by the following formulas (11) to (13).
(Wherein A is independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O—) Or represents —O—CO—CH═CH—;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and m1 represents an integer of 1 to 3;
R represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or a phase selected from those substituents. Each of the hydrogen atoms bonded to them is independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5). -NO 2 , -CN, -CH = C (CN) 2 , -CH = CH-CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (It may be substituted with an oxy group or represents a hydroxy group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms)
The structure may be any one selected from the group consisting of:
(式中、Aはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Y1は、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR0(式中、R0は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
lは1~12の整数を表し、m1、m2は1~3の整数を表す)
で表される構造であるのがよい。 <12> The structure exhibiting photoreactivity in the above <1> to <8>, particularly the structure exhibiting photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in <8> is represented by the following formula (14) or (15):
(Wherein each A is independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, Or represents —O—CO—CH═CH—;
Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12, and m1 and m2 represent an integer of 1 to 3)
It is good that the structure is represented by
Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
lは、1~12の整数を表し、mは0~2の整数を表す)
で表される構造であるのがよい。 <13> The structure that exhibits photoreactivity in the above <1> to <8>, particularly the structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in <8> is represented by the following formula (16) or (17) (wherein A is a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. Represents CH-;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12, and m represents an integer of 0 to 2)
It is good that the structure is represented by
(式中、A、Bはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Y1は、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR0(式中、R0は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
q1とq2は、一方が1で他方が0である;
lは1~12の整数を表し、m1、m2は1~3の整数を表す;
R1は、水素原子、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基を表す)からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の構造であるのがよい。 <14> The structure exhibiting photoreactivity in the above <1> to <8>, particularly the structure exhibiting photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in <8> is represented by the following formula (18) or (19):
(Wherein A and B are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O) Represents — or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12, and m1 and m2 represent an integer of 1 to 3;
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It may be any one structure selected from the group consisting of (which represents an oxy group).
Y1は、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR0(式中、R0は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
lは1~12の整数を表し、mは0~2の整数を表す)で表される構造であるのがよい。 <15> A structure that exhibits photoreactivity in the above <1> to <8>, particularly a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in <8> is represented by the following formula (20) (where A is A bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═CH— To express;
Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12, and m represents an integer of 0 to 2.
(式中、A及びBは上記と同じ定義を有する;
Y3は、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、及び炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO2、-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
R3は、水素原子、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基を表す;
q1とq2は、一方が1で他方が0である;
lは1~12の整数を表し、mは0から2の整数を表し、但し、式(23)~(24)において、全てのmの合計は2以上であり、式(25)~(26)において、全てのmの合計は1以上であり、m1、m2およびm3は、それぞれ独立に1~3の整数を表す;
R2は、水素原子、-NO2、-CN、ハロゲン基、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、及び炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、アルキル基、又はアルキルオキシ基を表す;
Z1、Z2は単結合、-CO-、-CH2O-、-CH=N-、-CF2-を表す)からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の構造であるのがよい。 <16> In any one of the above items <8> to <15>, the structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity has the following formulas (21) to (31):
Wherein A and B have the same definition as above;
Y 3 is a group selected from the group consisting of a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing heterocycle, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. And each hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be independently substituted with —NO 2 , —CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
R 3 is a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, halogen group, monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing Represents a heterocyclic ring, an alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms;
one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, provided that in formulas (23) to (24), the sum of all m is 2 or more, and formulas (25) to (26 ), The sum of all m is 1 or more, and m1, m2 and m3 each independently represents an integer of 1 to 3;
R 2 is a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, a halogen group, a monovalent benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a biphenyl ring, a furan ring, a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and an alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, And represents an alkyl group or an alkyloxy group;
Z 1 and Z 2 may be any one structure selected from the group consisting of a single bond, —CO—, —CH 2 O—, —CH═N—, and —CF 2 —.
ポリマー(A2)の光反応性を発現する構造の量は、前記ポリマー(A2)の光反応性を発現する構造と液晶性を発現する構造を100モル%とした場合、0.95αモル%以下、好ましくは0.1α~0.8αモル%、より好ましくは0.25α~0.5αモル%であるのがよい。
<18> 上記<2>~<17>のいずれかにおいて、ポリマー(A1)の重量平均分子量がβ(βは3万以上、好ましくは3万~30万、より好ましくは4万~20万、さらに好ましくは6万~15万)であり、ポリマー(A2)の重量平均分子量が0.1β~0.9β、好ましくは0.2β~0.8β、より好ましくは0.3β~0.7βであるのがよい。
<19> 上記<2>~<18>のいずれかにおいて、ポリマー(A1)とポリマー(A2)との合計重量を100wt%とすると、ポリマー(A1)が20~95wt%、好ましくは50~90wt%、より好ましくは60~80wt%であるのがよい。 <17> In any one of the above items <2> to <16>, the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A1) may exhibit a liquid crystallinity and a structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A1). When the total with the structure is 100 mol%, α mol% (α is 15 or more, preferably 15 to 100, more preferably 20 to 80),
The amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A2) is 0.95α mol% or less when the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A2) and the structure exhibiting liquid crystallinity are 100 mol%. Preferably, it is 0.1α to 0.8α mol%, more preferably 0.25α to 0.5α mol%.
<18> In any one of the above items <2> to <17>, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A1) is β (β is 30,000 or more, preferably 30,000 to 300,000, more preferably 40,000 to 200,000, More preferably, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A2) is 0.1β to 0.9β, preferably 0.2β to 0.8β, more preferably 0.3β to 0.7β. There should be.
<19> In any one of the above items <2> to <18>, when the total weight of the polymer (A1) and the polymer (A2) is 100 wt%, the polymer (A1) is 20 to 95 wt%, preferably 50 to 90 wt%. %, More preferably 60 to 80 wt%.
<21> 上記<20>において、モノマー(M1)が上記式(1)~(20)のいずれかで表される構造を有するのがよい。
<22> 上記<20>又は<21>において、モノマー(M2)が上記式(21)~(31)で表される構造を有するのがよい。 <20> In any one of the above items <1> to <19>, the monomer (M1) in which at least two kinds of polymers have a structure that exhibits (M-1) photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity; and (M-2) And a monomer (M2) having a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity.
<21> In the above item <20>, the monomer (M1) preferably has a structure represented by any one of the above formulas (1) to (20).
<22> In the above item <20> or <21>, the monomer (M2) may have a structure represented by the above formulas (21) to (31).
<24> 上記<20>~<23>のいずれかにおいて、モノマー(M2)が下記式MA2、MA9~MA13、MA15、MA24、MA26、MA27、MA31、MA35、MA37、MA43及びMA45からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種であるのがよい。 <23> In any one of the above items <20> to <22>, the monomer (M1) is represented by the following formulas MA1, MA3, MA4, MA5, MA14, MA16 to MA23, MA25, MA28 to MA30, MA32, MA34, MA36, MA38. It is preferable that it is at least one selected from the group consisting of MA42, MA44 and MA46.
<24> In any one of the above items <20> to <23>, the monomer (M2) is selected from the group consisting of the following formulas MA2, MA9 to MA13, MA15, MA24, MA26, MA27, MA31, MA35, MA37, MA43, and MA45. It is good to be at least one selected.
(M-1)光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するモノマー(M1);
(M-2)液晶性のみを発現する構造を有するモノマー(M2);及び
(M-3)式(G-1)、(G-2)、(G-3)及び(G-4)(式中、破線は結合手を表し、R50は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、フェニル基から選ばれる基を表し、R50が複数ある場合は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、tは1~7の整数であり、JはO、S、NHまたはNR51を表し、R51は炭素数1~3のアルキル基およびフェニル基から選ばれる基を表す)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有するモノマー(M3);
を有して形成されるのがよい。 <25> In any one of the above items <1> to <24>, the polymer (A1) is
(M-1) a monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity;
(M-2) Monomer (M2) having a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity; and (M-3) Formulas (G-1), (G-2), (G-3) and (G-4) ( In the formula, a broken line represents a bond, R 50 represents a group selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a phenyl group, and when there are a plurality of R 50 s , they may be the same or different. T is an integer of 1 to 7, J represents O, S, NH or NR 51 , and R 51 represents a group selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a phenyl group. A monomer (M3) having at least one group selected from:
It is good to form.
(式(0)中、A、Bはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Sは、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
Tは、単結合または炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
P及びQは、各々独立に、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基である;ただし、Xが-CH=CH-CO-O-、-O-CO-CH=CH-である場合、-CH=CH-が結合する側のP又はQは芳香環である;
l1は0または1である;
l2は0~2の整数である;
l1とl2がともに0であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはAも単結合を表す;
l1が1であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはBも単結合を表す;
Gは、下記式(G-1)、(G-2)、(G-3)及び(G-4)(式中、破線は結合手を表し、R50は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、フェニル基から選ばれる基を表し、R50が複数ある場合は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、tは1~7の整数であり、JはO、S、NHまたはNR51を表し、R51は炭素数1~3のアルキル基およびフェニル基から選ばれる基を表す)から選ばれる基である)
で表される構造を有するのがよい。 <26> In the above item <25>, the (M-3) monomer (M3) is represented by the following formula (0):
(In the formula (0), A and B are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH— Represents CO—O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
S is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced by a halogen group;
T is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced with a halogen group;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
P and Q are each independently selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. Provided that when X is —CH═CH—CO—O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—, P or Q on the side to which —CH═CH— is bonded is an aromatic ring;
l1 is 0 or 1;
l2 is an integer from 0 to 2;
when l1 and l2 are both 0, A represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
when l1 is 1, B represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
G represents the following formulas (G-1), (G-2), (G-3) and (G-4) (wherein the broken line represents a bond, R 50 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a carbon number) Represents a group selected from 1 to 3 alkyl groups and phenyl groups, and when there are a plurality of R 50 s , they may be the same or different from each other; t is an integer of 1 to 7; J is O, S, NH or NR 51 , wherein R 51 represents a group selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a phenyl group)
It is good to have the structure represented by these.
(M-4)窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有するモノマー(M4);
をさらに有して形成されるのがよい。
<28> 上記<1>~<27>のいずれかにおいて、ポリマー(A2)は、
(M-1)光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するモノマー(M1);
(M-2)液晶性のみを発現する構造を有するモノマー(M2);及び
(M-4)窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有するモノマー(M4);
を有して形成されるのがよい。 <27> In the above <25> or <26>, the polymer (A1) is
(M-4) a monomer (M4) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group;
It is good to form further.
<28> In any one of the above items <1> to <27>, the polymer (A2) is
(M-1) a monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity;
(M-2) a monomer (M2) having a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity; and (M-4) at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group. Having monomer (M4);
It is good to form.
ポリマー(A2)は、モノマー(M1)が0.95αモル%以下、好ましくは0.1α~0.8αモル%、より好ましくは0.25α~0.5αモル%であり且つ残余がモノマー(M2)であるように、形成されるのがよい。
<31> 上記<1>~<30>のいずれかの重合体組成物を有する液晶配向剤。
<32> 上記<31>の液晶配向剤から形成される液晶配向膜。
<33> [I] 上記<1>~<30>の重合体組成物を、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程;
[II] [I]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する工程;及び
[III] [II]で得られた塗膜を加熱する工程;
を有することによって配向制御能が付与された液晶配向膜を得る、液晶配向膜の製造方法。 <30> In any one of the above items <25> to <29>, when the total of the monomer (M1) and the monomer (M2) is 100 mol%, the polymer (A1) has a monomer (M1) of α mol% ( α is 15 or more, preferably 15 to 100, more preferably 20 to 80) and the remainder is monomer (M2),
The polymer (A2) has a monomer (M1) of 0.95α mol% or less, preferably 0.1α to 0.8α mol%, more preferably 0.25α to 0.5α mol%, and the remainder is monomer (M2 ) To be formed.
<31> A liquid crystal aligning agent having the polymer composition according to any one of the above items <1> to <30>.
<32> A liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal aligning agent according to <31>.
<33> [I] A step of applying the polymer composition of <1> to <30> above onto a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field to form a coating film;
[II] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II];
A method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film, which obtains a liquid crystal alignment film imparted with an alignment control ability.
<35> [I] 上記<1>~<30>のいずれかの重合体組成物を、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程;
[II] [I]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する工程;及び
[III] [II]で得られた塗膜を加熱する工程;
を有することによって配向制御能が付与された液晶配向膜を得る、液晶配向膜を有する基板の製造方法。
<36> 上記<34>の基板を有する液晶表示素子。
<37> 上記<34>の基板(第1の基板)を準備する工程;
[I’] 第2の基板上に請求項1~26のいずれか1項に記載の重合体組成物を塗布して塗膜を形成する工程;
[II’] [I’]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する工程;
[III’] [II’]で得られた塗膜を加熱する工程;
を有することによって配向制御能が付与された液晶配向膜を得る、前記液晶配向膜を有する第2の基板を得る工程;及び
[IV] 液晶を介して前記第1及び第2の基板の液晶配向膜が相対するように、前記第1及び第2の基板を対向配置して液晶表示素子を得る工程;
を有することにより、液晶表示素子を得る、液晶表示素子の製造方法。 <34> A substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film of <32>.
<35> [I] A step of applying the polymer composition according to any one of the above <1> to <30> onto a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field to form a coating film;
[II] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II];
The manufacturing method of the board | substrate which has a liquid crystal aligning film which obtains the liquid crystal aligning film to which the alignment control ability was provided by having.
<36> A liquid crystal display device having the substrate of <34> above.
<37> a step of preparing the substrate (first substrate) of <34>above;
[I ′] A step of applying the polymer composition according to any one of claims 1 to 26 on a second substrate to form a coating film;
[II ′] A step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I ′] with polarized ultraviolet rays;
[III ′] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II ′];
Obtaining a liquid crystal alignment film imparted with alignment control capability by having a second substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film; and [IV] liquid crystal alignment of the first and second substrates via liquid crystal A step of obtaining a liquid crystal display element by arranging the first and second substrates to face each other so that the films face each other;
A method for producing a liquid crystal display element, comprising obtaining a liquid crystal display element.
具体的には、本発明により、配向制御能が安定して生じる光照射量の範囲を拡大させて、品質のよい液晶配向膜を効率よく得られる、液晶配向膜製造用の重合体組成物、具体的には横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用液晶配向膜製造用組成物を提供することができる。
また、本発明により、上記効果に加えて、向上した電圧保持率を有する横電界駆動型液晶素子及び該素子のための液晶配向膜製造用の重合体組成物、具体的には横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用液晶配向膜製造用組成物を提供することができる。
さらに、本発明により、上記効果以外に、又は上記効果に加えて、該組成物のみからなるか、該組成物のみから実質的になるか又は、該組成物を有する液晶配向剤、該液晶配向剤を用いて製造される液晶配向膜、該液晶配向膜を有する基板、該液晶配向膜及び/又は該基板を有する液晶表示素子、特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, there are provided a substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element which is provided with high efficiency and orientation control ability and has excellent image sticking characteristics, and a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element having the substrate. Can do.
Specifically, according to the present invention, a polymer composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film that can efficiently obtain a liquid crystal alignment film having a good quality by expanding the range of the light irradiation amount in which the alignment control ability is stably generated, Specifically, a composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element can be provided.
Further, according to the present invention, in addition to the above effects, a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal element having an improved voltage holding ratio and a polymer composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film for the element, specifically, a lateral electric field drive type A composition for producing a liquid crystal alignment film for a liquid crystal display element can be provided.
Furthermore, according to the present invention, in addition to or in addition to the above effects, the liquid crystal aligning agent comprising the composition alone, consisting essentially of the composition only, or having the composition, the liquid crystal alignment A liquid crystal alignment film manufactured using an agent, a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal alignment element having the liquid crystal alignment film and / or the substrate, particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element can be provided.
本発明の液晶表示素子、特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子は、高効率に配向制御能が付与されているため長時間連続駆動しても表示特性が損なわれることがない。
また、本発明により、上記効果以外に、又は上記効果に加えて、液晶配向膜界面において液晶中のイオン性不純物を吸着し、向上した電圧保持率を有する液晶表示素子、特に横電界駆動型液晶素子及び該素子のための液晶配向膜を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, in addition to or in addition to the above effects, the method for manufacturing the liquid crystal alignment film, the method for manufacturing the substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, the liquid crystal liquid crystal alignment film and / or the liquid crystal having the substrate A method for manufacturing a display element, particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, can be provided.
Since the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, in particular the lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, is provided with the alignment control ability with high efficiency, the display characteristics are not impaired even when continuously driven for a long time.
Further, according to the present invention, in addition to the above effect or in addition to the above effect, a liquid crystal display element having improved voltage holding ratio by adsorbing ionic impurities in the liquid crystal at the liquid crystal alignment film interface, particularly a lateral electric field driven liquid crystal An element and a liquid crystal alignment film for the element can be provided.
また、本願は、該組成物のみからなるか、該組成物のみから実質的になるか又は該組成物を有する液晶配向剤、特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用液晶配向剤を提供する。
さらに、本願は、該液晶配向剤から形成される液晶配向膜、特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用液晶配向膜、該液晶配向膜を有する基板、特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用基板、及び該基板を有する液晶表示素子、特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子を提供する。
以下、順に詳しく説明する。 The present application provides a polymer composition for a liquid crystal aligning agent, particularly a liquid crystal aligning agent for a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
Moreover, this application provides the liquid crystal aligning agent which consists only of this composition, consists essentially of this composition, or has this composition, especially the liquid crystal aligning agent for lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display elements.
Furthermore, the present application relates to a liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal alignment agent, particularly a liquid crystal alignment film for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, particularly a substrate for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, and A liquid crystal display device having the substrate, particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display device is provided.
Hereinafter, it explains in detail in order.
本願は、液晶配向剤用、特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用液晶配向剤用の重合体組成物を提供する。
本願の重合体組成物は、
(A)光反応性を発現する構造及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するポリマーを少なくとも2種;及び
(B)有機溶媒;
を含有する。
また、少なくとも2種のポリマーのうち、1種のポリマーが、架橋性基を有する。
さらに、少なくとも2種のポリマーのうち、一方のポリマー(A1)と他方のポリマー(A2)とは、互いに光反応性を発現する構造の量が異なる。特に、一方のポリマー(A1)の光反応性を発現する構造の量が、他方のポリマー(A2)の光反応性を発現する構造の量よりも、多いのがよい。 <Polymer composition for liquid crystal aligning agent>
The present application provides a polymer composition for a liquid crystal aligning agent, particularly a liquid crystal aligning agent for a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
The polymer composition of the present application is
(A) at least two polymers having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and a structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity; and (B) an organic solvent;
Containing.
Moreover, 1 type of polymer has a crosslinkable group among at least 2 types of polymers.
Furthermore, among at least two kinds of polymers, one polymer (A1) and the other polymer (A2) have different amounts of structures that exhibit photoreactivity. In particular, the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of one polymer (A1) is preferably larger than the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the other polymer (A2).
本明細書において、架橋性基とは、カルボキシル基と熱により架橋しうる置換基をいう。
少なくとも2種のポリマーのうち、1種のポリマーが、架橋性基を有していることにより、重合体組成物を液晶配向膜に形成した際、該液晶配向膜に電圧保持率(VHR)等の高い信頼性を与えることができる。これは、液晶配向膜としたときに、架橋性基が架橋剤のように作用することにより、膜密度が向上し、液晶へのイオン性不純物の溶出が低減されるためであると考えられる。 << Crosslinkable group >>
In the present specification, the crosslinkable group refers to a substituent capable of crosslinking with a carboxyl group by heat.
When at least one of the two polymers has a crosslinkable group, when the polymer composition is formed on the liquid crystal alignment film, the liquid crystal alignment film has a voltage holding ratio (VHR) or the like. High reliability can be given. This is considered to be because when the liquid crystal alignment film is used, the crosslinkable group acts like a crosslinker, thereby improving the film density and reducing the elution of ionic impurities into the liquid crystal.
具体的には、架橋性基は、例えば、下記式(G-1)、(G-2)、(G-3)及び(G-4)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基であるのがよい。
式中、破線は結合手を表し、R50は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、フェニル基から選ばれる基を表し、R50が複数ある場合は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、tは1~7の整数であり、JはO、S、NHまたはNR51を表し、R51は炭素数1~3のアルキル基およびフェニル基から選ばれる基を表す。
架橋性基は、ポリマーの一部の側鎖の末端に有するのがよい。
また、架橋性基は、光反応性を発現する構造の量の相対的に多いポリマー、即ちポリマー(A1)に、少なくとも有するのがよい。なお、架橋性基は、光反応性を発現する構造の量の相対的に少ないポリマー、即ちポリマー(A2)に、実質的に備わっていないのがよい。 Examples of the crosslinkable group include, but are not limited to, an epoxy group, an oxetane group, a blocked isocyanate group, a thiirane group, and a thietane group.
Specifically, the crosslinkable group is, for example, at least one group selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (G-1), (G-2), (G-3) and (G-4). It is good.
Wherein the dashed line represents a bond, R 50 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a group selected from phenyl group, the same as or different from each other if R 50 is more T is an integer of 1 to 7, J represents O, S, NH or NR 51 , and R 51 represents a group selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a phenyl group.
The crosslinkable group may be present at the end of some side chains of the polymer.
Moreover, it is good to have a crosslinking | crosslinked group at least in the polymer with a relatively large quantity of the structure which expresses photoreactivity, ie, a polymer (A1). The crosslinkable group should be substantially not included in a polymer having a relatively small amount of structure that exhibits photoreactivity, that is, the polymer (A2).
本発明の少なくとも2種のポリマーのうち、少なくとも1種のポリマーが、窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基をさらに有するのがよい。なお、少なくとも2種のポリマーの双方が、窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基をさらに有してもよい。この場合、各ポリマーはそれぞれ同じであっても異なってもよい窒素含有芳香族複素環基などを有することができる。 << Nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, etc. >>
Of the at least two polymers of the present invention, at least one polymer may further have at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group. Note that both of the at least two polymers may further have at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group, and a urethane group. In this case, each polymer can have the same or different nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group.
これらのうち、例えば、ピリジン環が好ましい。 Specifically, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, pyrazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, purine ring, thiadiazole ring, pyridazine ring, pyrazoline ring, List triazine ring, pyrazolidine ring, triazole ring, pyrazine ring, benzimidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, thionoline ring, phenanthroline ring, indole ring, quinoxaline ring, benzothiazole ring, phenothiazine ring, oxadiazole ring, acridine ring, etc. Can do. Furthermore, the carbon atom of these nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycles may have a substituent containing a heteroatom.
Of these, for example, a pyridine ring is preferred.
本明細書において、「光反応性を発現する構造」とは、ある波長範囲の光、特に250nm~400nmの波長範囲の光で反応する構造をいい、例えば該構造はポリマーの側鎖に有するのがよい。
また、本明細書において「光反応性」とは、特に限定されないが、光に反応して架橋反応、異性化反応、または光フリース転位を示すことをいい、好ましくは架橋反応を示すものであるのがよい。「光反応性を発現する構造」を有するポリマーを用いる場合、熱などの外部ストレスに曝されたとしても、実現された配向制御能を長期間安定に保持することができる。
本明細書において、「液晶性を発現する構造」とは、ある温度範囲、特に100~300℃の温度範囲で、液晶性を示す構造をいい、例えば、ポリマーの側鎖にメソゲン基又はメソゲン成分を有する構造であるのがよい。
「液晶性を発現する構造」を有するポリマーを用いる場合、該ポリマーを液晶配向膜とした際に、安定な液晶配向を得ることができる。 <(A) Polymer having photoreactive structure and liquid crystal structure>
In the present specification, the “structure that exhibits photoreactivity” refers to a structure that reacts with light in a certain wavelength range, particularly light with a wavelength range of 250 nm to 400 nm. For example, the structure has a side chain of a polymer. Is good.
In the present specification, “photoreactivity” is not particularly limited, but means that it reacts with light to show a crosslinking reaction, an isomerization reaction, or a photo-Fries rearrangement, and preferably shows a crosslinking reaction. It is good. In the case of using a polymer having a “structure that exhibits photoreactivity”, the achieved orientation control ability can be stably maintained for a long period of time even when exposed to an external stress such as heat.
In the present specification, the “structure exhibiting liquid crystallinity” refers to a structure exhibiting liquid crystallinity in a certain temperature range, in particular, a temperature range of 100 to 300 ° C., for example, a mesogenic group or a mesogenic component in a polymer side chain. It is preferable that the structure has
When a polymer having a “structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity” is used, stable liquid crystal alignment can be obtained when the polymer is used as a liquid crystal alignment film.
「光反応性を発現する構造」と「液晶性を発現する構造」とが同じ側鎖に有する場合、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基、フェニルシクロヘキシル基、フェニルベンゾエート基、アゾベンゼン基などのメソゲン成分と、先端部に結合された、光に感応して架橋反応や異性化反応を示す「光反応性を発現する構造」が側鎖に有する場合、その側鎖が「液晶性を発現する構造」であるメソゲン成分ともなり、かつ「光反応性を発現する構造」である光フリース転位反応をするフェニルベンゾエート基を有する構造とする場合、などがある。 The polymer structure preferably has, for example, a main chain and a side chain bonded to the main chain, and the side chain has a “structure that exhibits photoreactivity” and a “structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity”. The “structure that exhibits photoreactivity” and the “structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity” may be included in the same side chain or in different side chains. Preferably, the polymer is provided with a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity in a certain side chain, and a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity in another side chain.
When the “structure that exhibits photoreactivity” and the “structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity” have the same side chain, a mesogenic component such as a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a phenylcyclohexyl group, a phenylbenzoate group, or an azobenzene group; When the side chain has a “structure that expresses photoreactivity” that is bonded to the tip and exhibits a crosslinking reaction or isomerization reaction in response to light, the side chain is a “structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity” In some cases, the structure is a mesogenic component and has a phenylbenzoate group that undergoes a photo-Fries rearrangement reaction, which is a “structure that exhibits photoreactivity”.
光反応性を発現する構造、特に光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造は、式(1)~(6)からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種で表される構造であるのがよい。なお、式中、A、B、D、S、Y1、Y2、R、X、Cou、q1とq2、q3、P及びQ、l1、l2、H、並びにIは、上述と同じ定義を有する。 << Photoreactive structure >>
The structure that exhibits photoreactivity, particularly the structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity, may be a structure represented by any one selected from the group consisting of formulas (1) to (6). In the formula, A, B, D, S, Y 1 , Y 2 , R, X, Cou, q1 and q2, q3, P and Q, l1, l2, H, and I have the same definitions as described above. Have.
液晶性のみを発現する構造は、式(21)~(31)からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種で表される構造であるのがよい。なお、式中、A、B、Y3、R3、q1、q2、l、m、m1、m2、m3、R2、Z1、Z2は、上述と同じ定義を有する。 << Structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity >>
The structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity is preferably a structure represented by any one selected from the group consisting of formulas (21) to (31). In the formula, A, B, Y 3 , R 3 , q 1, q 2, l, m, m 1, m 2 , m 3, R 2 , Z 1 , Z 2 have the same definition as described above.
少なくとも2種のポリマーの各々において、光反応性を発現する構造と液晶性のみを発現する構造との合計を100モル%とした場合、
ポリマー(A1)の光反応性を発現する構造の量はαモル%(αは15以上、好ましくは15~100、より好ましくは20~80)であり、
ポリマー(A2)の光反応性を発現する構造の量は、ポリマー(A1)の光反応性を発現する構造の量よりも少ないのがよく、具体的には0.95αモル%以下、好ましくは0.1α~0.8αモル%、より好ましくは0.25α~0.5αモル%であるのがよい。
光反応性を発現する構造の量が互い異なるポリマーを用いることにより、次のような作用を有するものと考えられる。即ち、光反応性を発現する構造が相対的に多いポリマー(ポリマー(A1))により、紫外線照射による配向性が定められる。一方、光反応性を発現する構造が相対的に少ないが液晶性を発現する構造が相対的に多いポリマー(ポリマー(A2))は、ポリマー(A1)によって定められた配向性にしたがって配向する。少なくとも2種のポリマーのうち、各ポリマーは、各々が有する作用を分担し且つ該作用を有効に発揮することができる。 << Amount of structure expressing photoreactivity of each of at least two polymers >>
In each of at least two kinds of polymers, when the total of the structure expressing photoreactivity and the structure expressing only liquid crystallinity is 100 mol%,
The amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A1) is α mol% (α is 15 or more, preferably 15 to 100, more preferably 20 to 80),
The amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A2) should be less than the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A1), specifically 0.95α mol% or less, preferably The content is 0.1α to 0.8α mol%, more preferably 0.25α to 0.5α mol%.
By using polymers having different amounts of structures that exhibit photoreactivity, it is considered to have the following effects. That is, the orientation by ultraviolet irradiation is determined by the polymer (polymer (A1)) having a relatively large structure that exhibits photoreactivity. On the other hand, a polymer (polymer (A2)) having a relatively small structure that exhibits photoreactivity but a relatively large structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity (polymer (A2)) is aligned according to the alignment defined by the polymer (A1). Of the at least two types of polymers, each polymer can share the function of each and exhibit the function effectively.
また、少なくとも2種のポリマーのうち、一方の重量平均分子量がβ(βは3万以上、好ましくは3万~30万、より好ましくは4万~20万、さらに好ましくは6万~15万)であり、
他方の重量平均分子量が0.1β~0.9β、好ましくは0.2β~0.8β、より好ましくは0.3β~0.7βであるのがよい。
なお、本明細書において、特記しない限り、重量平均分子量は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)法で測定したものである。
特に、光反応性を発現する構造の量が相対的に多いポリマー(A1)は、その重量平均分子量がβ(βは3万以上、好ましくは3万~30万、より好ましくは4万~20万、さらに好ましくは6万~15万)であり、
光反応性を発現する構造の量が相対的に少ないポリマー(A2)は、その重量平均分子量が0.1β~0.9β、好ましくは0.2β~0.8β、より好ましくは0.3β~0.7βであるのがよい。 << Weight average molecular weight of each of at least two polymers >>
Further, of at least two kinds of polymers, one of the weight average molecular weights is β (β is 30,000 or more, preferably 30,000 to 300,000, more preferably 40,000 to 200,000, more preferably 60,000 to 150,000). And
The other weight average molecular weight is 0.1β to 0.9β, preferably 0.2β to 0.8β, more preferably 0.3β to 0.7β.
In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight is measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method.
In particular, the polymer (A1) having a relatively large amount of structure that exhibits photoreactivity has a weight average molecular weight of β (β is 30,000 or more, preferably 30,000 to 300,000, more preferably 40,000 to 20 10,000, more preferably 60,000 to 150,000)
The polymer (A2) having a relatively small amount of structure that exhibits photoreactivity has a weight average molecular weight of 0.1β to 0.9β, preferably 0.2β to 0.8β, more preferably 0.3β to It should be 0.7β.
このような構成を有することにより次のような作用を奏するものと考えられる。
即ち、光反応性を発現する構造が相対的に多く且つ重量平均分子量が大であるポリマー(A1)は、液晶配向膜の相対的に下層(相対的に基板に近い層)に形成される。一方、光反応性を発現する構造が相対的に少なく且つ重量平均分子量が小であるポリマー(A2)は、液晶配向膜の相対的に上層(相対的に基板に遠い層)に形成される。この状況で、偏光紫外線を照射すると、相対的に下層(相対的に基板に近い層)のポリマー(A1)が、偏光紫外線にしたがって、配向する。一方、相対的に上層(相対的に基板に遠い層)のポリマー(A2)は、ポリマー(A1)の配向に沿って、配向する、という作用を生じるものと考えられる。 By using at least two polymers having different weight average molecular weights, when the polymer is formed as a liquid crystal alignment film, the polymer having a large weight average molecular weight is relatively lower layer of the liquid crystal alignment film (relative to the substrate). On the other hand, a polymer having a small weight average molecular weight tends to be formed in a relatively upper layer (layer relatively far from the substrate) of the liquid crystal alignment film.
By having such a configuration, it is considered that the following effects are exhibited.
That is, the polymer (A1) having a relatively large structure that exhibits photoreactivity and a large weight average molecular weight is formed in a relatively lower layer (a layer relatively closer to the substrate) of the liquid crystal alignment film. On the other hand, the polymer (A2) having a relatively small structure that exhibits photoreactivity and a small weight average molecular weight is formed in a relatively upper layer (a layer far from the substrate) of the liquid crystal alignment film. In this situation, when irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays, the polymer (A1) in the lower layer (layer relatively close to the substrate) is oriented according to the polarized ultraviolet rays. On the other hand, it is considered that the polymer (A2) of the upper layer (layer relatively far from the substrate) is oriented along the orientation of the polymer (A1).
ポリマー(A1)とポリマー(A2)との合計重量を100wt%とすると、ポリマー(A1)が20~95wt%、好ましくは50~90wt%、より好ましくは60~80wt%である一方、ポリマー(A2)はその残余であるのがよい。
ポリマー(A1)とポリマー(A2)とは、上記の3つの特性、即ち、「光反応性を発現する構造の量」、「重量平均分子量」、及び「重量比」のうち、2つ以上の特性、好ましくは3つの特性すべてを備えることが好ましい。 << Weight ratio of at least two polymers >>
When the total weight of the polymer (A1) and the polymer (A2) is 100 wt%, the polymer (A1) is 20 to 95 wt%, preferably 50 to 90 wt%, more preferably 60 to 80 wt%. ) Should be the remainder.
The polymer (A1) and the polymer (A2) have two or more of the above three characteristics, ie, “amount of structure that develops photoreactivity”, “weight average molecular weight”, and “weight ratio”. It is preferred to have properties, preferably all three properties.
本発明の少なくとも2種のポリマーは、上述の構成を有するのであれば、その製造方法は特に限定されない。
例えば、本発明の少なくとも2種のポリマーは、(M-1)光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するモノマー(M1);及び(M-2)液晶性のみを発現する構造を有するモノマー(M2);を有して形成されるのがよい。
具体的には、ポリマー(A1)は、
(M-1)光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するモノマー(M1);
(M-2)液晶性のみを発現する構造を有するモノマー(M2);及び
(M-3)架橋性基を有するモノマー、具体的には上記式(G-1)、(G-2)、(G-3)及び(G-4)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有するモノマー(M3)、より具体的には下記式(0)(式(0)中、A、B、S、T、X、P、Q、l1、l2、Gは、上記と同じ定義を有する)で表される構造を有するモノマー;
を有して形成されるのがよい。
また、ポリマー(A1)が窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有する場合、該ポリマー(A1)は、
(M-4)窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有するモノマー(M4);
をさらに有して形成されるのがよい。 <Methods for producing at least two types of polymers>
The production method of the at least two polymers of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has the above-described configuration.
For example, at least two polymers of the present invention include (M-1) a monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity; and (M-2) a monomer having a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity. (M2);
Specifically, the polymer (A1) is
(M-1) a monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity;
(M-2) a monomer (M2) having a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity; and (M-3) a monomer having a crosslinkable group, specifically, the above formulas (G-1), (G-2), Monomer (M3) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of (G-3) and (G-4), more specifically the following formula (0) (in formula (0), A, B, S, T, X, P, Q, 11, 12, and G have the same definition as above, and a monomer having a structure represented by:
It is good to form.
When the polymer (A1) has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group, the polymer (A1)
(M-4) a monomer (M4) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group;
It is good to form further.
(M-1)光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するモノマー(M1);及び
(M-2)液晶性のみを発現する構造を有するモノマー(M2);
を有して形成されるのがよい。
なお、ポリマー(A2)が窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有する場合、該ポリマー(A2)は、
(M-4)窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有するモノマー(M4);
をさらに有して形成されるのがよい。
また、ポリマー(A2)が架橋性基を有する場合、該ポリマー(A2)は、上述の(M-3)モノマー(M3)をさらに有して形成されてもよい。
なお、ポリマー(A1)及びポリマー(A2)は、上述のモノマー以外に、光反応性及び/又は液晶性の発現能を損なわない範囲でその他のモノマーを有して、共重合により形成されてもよい。
上述のとおり、本発明の少なくとも2種のポリマーが、モノマー(M1)及びモノマー(M2)を有して形成されるが、モノマー(M1)及びモノマー(M2)の合計を100モル%とした場合、少なくとも2種のポリマーのうちのポリマー(A1)は、モノマー(M1)がαモル%(αは15以上、好ましくは15~100、より好ましくは20~80)であり且つ残余がモノマー(M2)であるように、形成されるのがよい。
また、ポリマー(A2)は、モノマー(M1)が0.95αモル%以下、好ましくは0.1α~0.8αモル%、より好ましくは0.25α~0.5αモル%であり且つ残余がモノマー(M2)であるように、形成されるのがよい。
なお、ポリマー(A1)及びポリマー(A2)において用いるモノマー(M1)及びモノマー(M2)は、互いに共通であるのが好ましい。 The polymer (A2) is
(M-1) a monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity; and (M-2) a monomer (M2) having a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity;
It is good to form.
In addition, when the polymer (A2) has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group, and a urethane group, the polymer (A2) is:
(M-4) a monomer (M4) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group;
It is good to form further.
Further, when the polymer (A2) has a crosslinkable group, the polymer (A2) may further be formed to further include the above-described (M-3) monomer (M3).
In addition, the polymer (A1) and the polymer (A2) may have other monomers in addition to the above-mentioned monomers and may be formed by copolymerization within a range not impairing the photoreactive property and / or liquid crystallinity. Good.
As described above, at least two kinds of polymers of the present invention are formed having the monomer (M1) and the monomer (M2), but the total of the monomer (M1) and the monomer (M2) is 100 mol%. In the polymer (A1) of at least two kinds of polymers, the monomer (M1) is α mol% (α is 15 or more, preferably 15 to 100, more preferably 20 to 80) and the balance is the monomer (M2). ) To be formed.
In the polymer (A2), the monomer (M1) is 0.95α mol% or less, preferably 0.1α to 0.8α mol%, more preferably 0.25α to 0.5α mol%, and the remainder is monomer. It may be formed so as to be (M2).
In addition, it is preferable that the monomer (M1) and the monomer (M2) used in the polymer (A1) and the polymer (A2) are common to each other.
本発明の少なくとも2種のポリマーは、上記光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するモノマー(M1);及び(M-2)液晶性のみを発現する構造を有するモノマー(M2);を有して形成、具体的には共重合することによって得るのがよい。 << Monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity and its production method >>
At least two polymers of the present invention have the monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits the above-described photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity; and (M-2) the monomer (M2) having a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity. It is good to obtain by forming and specifically copolymerizing.
光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するモノマー(M1)とは、ポリマーを形成した場合に、ポリマーの側鎖部位に光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するポリマーを形成することができるモノマーのことである。
側鎖部位に光反応性を発現する構造としては下記の構造およびその誘導体が好ましい。 [Monomer (M1) having a structure exhibiting photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity]
The monomer (M1) having a structure that develops photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity may form a polymer having a structure that develops photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity at the side chain site of the polymer when the polymer is formed. It is a monomer that can be used.
As the structure that exhibits photoreactivity at the side chain site, the following structures and derivatives thereof are preferable.
なお、MA1~MA46は、次のように合成することができる。 The monomer (M1) is polymerized in the following formulas MA1, MA3, MA4, MA5, MA14, MA16 to MA23, MA25, MA28 to MA30, MA32, MA34, MA36, MA38 to MA42, MA44 and MA46, and their compounds. The polymerizable group of the compound having methacrylate as a functional group is replaced with a polymerizable group selected from the group consisting of acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene and siloxane. It may be at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds. In particular, the monomer (M1) may have (meth) acrylate as a polymerizable group, and preferably, for example, the end of the side chain is COOH.
Note that MA1 to MA46 can be synthesized as follows.
MA2は特許文献(特開平9-118717)に記載の合成法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA3が非特許文献(Macromolecules 2002, 35, 706-713)に記載の合成法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA4は、特許文献(WO2014/054785)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA5は特許文献(特開2010-18807)に記載の合成法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA6~MA9は、特許文献(WO2014/054785)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA10は市販購入可能であるM6BC(みどり化学株式会社製)を用いることができる。
MA11~13は、特許文献(WO2014/054785)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。 MA1 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2011-084546).
MA2 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-118717).
MA3 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in non-patent literature (Macromolecules 2002, 35, 706-713).
MA4 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
MA5 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-18807).
MA6 to MA9 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
As MA10, commercially available M6BC (manufactured by Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be used.
MA11 to 13 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
MA19~23は、特許文献(WO2014/054785)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA24は、非特許文献(Polymer Journal, Vol.29, No.4, pp303-308(1997))に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA25は、特許文献(WO2014/054785)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA26及びMA27は、各々、非特許文献(Macromolecules (2012),45(21),8547-8554)、非特許文献(Liquid Crystals (1995), 19(4),433-40)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA28~33は、特許文献(WO2014/054785)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA34~39は、特許文献(WO2014/054785)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA40及び41は、特許文献(特表2009-511431号)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA42は、特許文献(WO2014/054785)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA43は、特許文献(WO2012-115129)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA44は、特許文献(WO2013-133078)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA45は、特許文献(WO2008-072652)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。
MA46は、特許文献(WO2014/054785)に記載の合成方法にて合成を行うことができる。 MA14 to 18 are commercially available, and M4CA, M4BA, M2CA, M3CA, and M5CA (all of which are manufactured by Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be used.
MA19 to 23 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
MA24 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in non-patent literature (Polymer Journal, Vol. 29, No. 4, pp 303-308 (1997)).
MA25 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
MA26 and MA27 are the synthesis methods described in non-patent literature (Macromolecules (2012), 45 (21), 8547-8554) and non-patent literature (Liquid Crystals (1995), 19 (4), 433-40), respectively. Can be synthesized.
MA28 to 33 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
MA34 to 39 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
MA40 and 41 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (Japanese Patent Publication No. 2009-511431).
MA42 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
MA43 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2012-115129).
MA44 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2013-1333078).
MA45 can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (WO2008-072652).
MA46 can be synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2014 / 054785).
液晶性のみを発現する構造を有するモノマー(M2)とは、該モノマー由来のポリマーが液晶性を発現し、該ポリマーが側鎖部位にメソゲン基を形成することができるモノマーのことである。
側鎖の有するメソゲン基として、ビフェニルやフェニルベンゾエートなどの単独でメソゲン構造となる基であっても、安息香酸などのように側鎖同士が水素結合することでメソゲン構造となる基であってもよい。側鎖の有するメソゲン基としては下記の構造が好ましい。 [Monomer (M2) having a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity and its production method]
The monomer (M2) having a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity is a monomer that allows a polymer derived from the monomer to exhibit liquid crystallinity and to form a mesogenic group at a side chain site.
As a mesogenic group having a side chain, even if it is a group having a mesogen structure alone such as biphenyl or phenylbenzoate, or a group having a mesogen structure by hydrogen bonding between side chains such as benzoic acid Good. As the mesogenic group possessed by the side chain, the following structure is preferable.
上述したように、ポリマー(A1)、又は所望によりポリマー(A2)は、(M-3)架橋性基を有するモノマー、具体的には下記式(G-1)、(G-2)、(G-3)及び(G-4)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有するモノマー(M3)、より具体的には下記式(0)で表される構造を有するモノマー;を有して形成されるのがよい。 << Monomer having crosslinkable group (M3) >>
As described above, the polymer (A1) or, if desired, the polymer (A2) is an (M-3) monomer having a crosslinkable group, specifically, the following formulas (G-1), (G-2), ( A monomer (M3) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of G-3) and (G-4), more specifically a monomer having a structure represented by the following formula (0): It is good to be formed.
上記式(0)で表される構造を有するモノマーのより具体的な例としては、炭化水素、(メタ)アクリレート、イタコネート、フマレート、マレエート、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、スチレン、ビニル、マレイミド、ノルボルネン等のラジカル重合性基およびシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種から構成された重合性基と、上記式(0)で表される構造とを有するのが好ましい。 [Monomer having structure represented by formula (0)]
More specific examples of the monomer having the structure represented by the above formula (0) include hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, It preferably has a polymerizable group composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of radically polymerizable groups such as norbornene and siloxane, and a structure represented by the above formula (0).
上述したように、ポリマー(A1)又はポリマー(A2)は、所望により、(M-4)窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有するモノマー(M4);を有して形成されるのがよい。 << Monomer having nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group (M4) >>
As described above, the polymer (A1) or the polymer (A2) optionally has (M-4) at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group, and a urethane group. Monomer (M4);
これらのうち、例えば、ピリジン環が好ましい。 Specifically, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, pyrazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, purine ring, thiadiazole ring, pyridazine ring, pyrazoline ring, List triazine ring, pyrazolidine ring, triazole ring, pyrazine ring, benzimidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, thionoline ring, phenanthroline ring, indole ring, quinoxaline ring, benzothiazole ring, phenothiazine ring, oxadiazole ring, acridine ring, etc. Can do. Furthermore, the carbon atom of these nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycles may have a substituent containing a heteroatom.
Of these, for example, a pyridine ring is preferred.
モノマー(M4)として、炭化水素、(メタ)アクリレート、イタコネート、フマレート、マレエート、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、スチレン、ビニル、マレイミド、ノルボルネン等のラジカル重合性基およびシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種から構成された重合性基と、窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基を有する構造とを有するのが好ましい。アミド基及びウレタン基のNHは置換されていてもいなくても良い。置換されていても良い場合の置換基としては、アルキル基、アミノ基の保護基、ベンジル基等が挙げられる。 When the polymer (A1) or the polymer (A2) has a group selected from a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group, and a urethane group, the polymer composition of the present invention has an ionicity. In order to reduce the elution of impurities and promote the cross-linking reaction of the cross-linkable group, more specifically, the cross-linking reaction of the group represented by the above formula (0), or a more durable liquid crystal alignment film Obtainable. In order to produce a polymer having a group selected from a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group, the monomer (M4) is replaced with the monomer (M1) and the monomer (M2), and optionally with the monomer (M3). What is necessary is just to copolymerize.
The monomer (M4) is selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbons, (meth) acrylates, itaconates, fumarate, maleates, α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, radical polymerizable groups such as styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, and siloxane. It preferably has a polymerizable group composed of at least one kind and a structure having a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group. NH in the amide group and urethane group may or may not be substituted. Examples of the substituent in the case where it may be substituted include an alkyl group, an amino-protecting group, and a benzyl group.
その他のモノマーとしては、例えば工業的に入手できるラジカル重合反応可能なモノマーが挙げられる。
その他のモノマーの具体例としては、不飽和カルボン酸、アクリル酸エステル化合物、メタクリル酸エステル化合物、マレイミド化合物、アクリロニトリル、マレイン酸無水物、スチレン化合物及びビニル化合物等が挙げられる。 As described above, it can be copolymerized with other monomers as long as the photoreactivity and / or liquid crystallinity is not impaired.
Examples of other monomers include industrially available monomers capable of radical polymerization reaction.
Specific examples of the other monomer include unsaturated carboxylic acid, acrylic ester compound, methacrylic ester compound, maleimide compound, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compound and vinyl compound.
アクリル酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、メチルアクリレート、エチルアクリレート、イソプロピルアクリレート、ベンジルアクリレート、ナフチルアクリレート、アントリルアクリレート、アントリルメチルアクリレート、フェニルアクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルアクリレート、tert-ブチルアクリレート、シクロヘキシルアクリレート、イソボルニルアクリレート、2-メトキシエチルアクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールアクリレート、2-エトキシエチルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、3-メトキシブチルアクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、2-プロピル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、8-メチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート、及び、8-エチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and the like.
Examples of the acrylic ester compound include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthryl methyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, tert-butyl. Acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, 3-methoxybutyl acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 2- Propyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 8-methyl-8-tricyclodecyl acrylate, and , Etc. 8-ethyl-8-tricyclodecyl acrylate.
スチレン化合物としては、例えば、スチレン、メチルスチレン、クロロスチレン、ブロモスチレン等が挙げられる。
マレイミド化合物としては、例えば、マレイミド、N-メチルマレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミド、及びN-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the vinyl compound include vinyl ether, methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, phenyl vinyl ether, and propyl vinyl ether.
Examples of the styrene compound include styrene, methylstyrene, chlorostyrene, bromostyrene, and the like.
Examples of maleimide compounds include maleimide, N-methylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
また、ラジカル重合において有機溶媒中の酸素は重合反応を阻害する原因となるので、有機溶媒は可能な程度に脱気されたものを用いることが好ましい。 These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination. Furthermore, even if it is a solvent which does not dissolve the produced | generated polymer, you may mix and use the above-mentioned organic solvent in the range which the produced | generated polymer does not precipitate.
In radical polymerization, oxygen in the organic solvent becomes a cause of inhibiting the polymerization reaction. Therefore, it is preferable to use an organic solvent that has been deaerated to the extent possible.
上述の反応により得られた反応溶液から、生成したポリマーを回収する場合には、反応溶液を貧溶媒に投入して、それら重合体を沈殿させれば良い。沈殿に用いる貧溶媒としては、メタノール、アセトン、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、ブチルセルソルブ、ヘプタン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、エタノール、トルエン、ベンゼン、ジエチルエーテル、メチルエチルエーテル、水等を挙げることができる。貧溶媒に投入して沈殿させた重合体は、濾過して回収した後、常圧あるいは減圧下で、常温あるいは加熱して乾燥することができる。また、沈殿回収した重合体を、有機溶媒に再溶解させ、再沈殿回収する操作を2回~10回繰り返すと、重合体中の不純物を少なくすることができる。この際の貧溶媒として、例えば、アルコール類、ケトン類、炭化水素等が挙げられ、これらの中から選ばれる3種類以上の貧溶媒を用いると、より一層精製の効率が上がるので好ましい。 [Recovery of polymer]
When the produced polymer is recovered from the reaction solution obtained by the above-described reaction, the reaction solution may be poured into a poor solvent to precipitate these polymers. Examples of the poor solvent used for precipitation include methanol, acetone, hexane, heptane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, diethyl ether, methyl ethyl ether, and water. The polymer deposited in a poor solvent and precipitated can be recovered by filtration and then dried at normal temperature or under reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating. In addition, when the polymer collected by precipitation is redissolved in an organic solvent and reprecipitation and collection is repeated 2 to 10 times, impurities in the polymer can be reduced. Examples of the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of poor solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further improved.
本発明に用いられる重合体組成物は、液晶配向膜の形成に好適となるように塗布液として調製されることが好ましい。すなわち、本発明に用いられる重合体組成物は、樹脂被膜を形成するための樹脂成分が有機溶媒に溶解した溶液として調製されることが好ましい。ここで、その樹脂成分とは、既に説明した、(A)光反応性を発現する構造及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するポリマーを少なくとも2種を含み、そのうち1種のポリマーが架橋性基を含む樹脂成分である。その際、樹脂成分の含有量は、1質量%~20質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは1質量%~15質量%、特に好ましくは1質量%~10質量%である。 [Preparation of polymer composition]
The polymer composition used in the present invention is preferably prepared as a coating solution so as to be suitable for forming a liquid crystal alignment film. That is, the polymer composition used in the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which a resin component for forming a resin film is dissolved in an organic solvent. Here, the resin component includes at least two kinds of polymers having the structure that expresses (A) the photoreactivity and the structure that exhibits the liquid crystallinity described above, and one of the polymers has a crosslinkable group. It is a resin component to be included. In that case, the content of the resin component is preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 15% by mass, and particularly preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass.
そのような他の重合体は、例えば、ポリ(メタ)アクリレートやポリアミック酸やポリイミド等からなり、光反応性を発現する構造及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するポリマーではない重合体等が挙げられる。 In the polymer composition of the present embodiment, the resin component described above may be at least two types of polymers having the above-described (A) structure that exhibits photoreactivity and the structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity. In addition, other polymers may be mixed as long as the liquid crystal expression ability and the photosensitive performance are not impaired. In that case, the content of the other polymer in the resin component is 0.5 to 80% by mass, preferably 1 to 50% by mass.
Examples of such other polymers include poly (meth) acrylates, polyamic acids, polyimides, and the like, and examples include polymers that are not polymers having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and a structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity. .
本発明に用いられる重合体組成物に用いる有機溶媒は、樹脂成分を溶解させる有機溶媒であれば特に限定されない。その具体例を以下に挙げる。
N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-メチルカプロラクタム、2-ピロリドン、N-エチルピロリドン、N-ビニルピロリドン、ジメチルスルホキシド、テトラメチル尿素、ピリジン、ジメチルスルホン、ヘキサメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-エトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、1,3-ジメチル-イミダゾリジノン、エチルアミルケトン、メチルノニルケトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソアミルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、エチレンカーボネート、プロピレンカーボネート、ジグライム、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-tert-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノプロピルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、トリプロピレングリコールメチルエーテル等が挙げられる。これらは単独で使用しても、混合して使用してもよい。 <(B) Organic solvent>
The organic solvent used for the polymer composition used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that dissolves the resin component. Specific examples are given below.
N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, 2-pyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyrrolidone, dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylurea, pyridine, Dimethylsulfone, hexamethylsulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-ethoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 1,3 -Dimethyl-imidazolidinone, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, diglyme, 4-hydroxy-4 Methyl-2-pentanone, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol-tert-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl Ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, tripropylene glycol methyl ether, etc. Is mentioned. These may be used alone or in combination.
本発明に用いられる重合体組成物は、上記(A)及び(B)成分以外の成分として(C)特定のアミン化合物を有してもよい。
(C)成分として特定のアミン化合物は、具体的には分子内に1級アミノ基を1個と窒素含有芳香族複素環とを有し、かつ前記1級アミノ基が脂肪族炭化水素基又は非芳香族環式炭化水素基に結合しているアミン化合物とすることができる。かかるアミン化合物を本発明の重合体組成物に含有することにより、本発明の重合体組成物を液晶配向膜としたときに、イオン性不純物の溶出を低減するとともに、上記の架橋性基の架橋反応、より具体的には上記式(0)で表される基の架橋反応を促進するためか、より耐久性の高い液晶配向膜を得ることができる。
特定のアミン化合物は、本発明に用いられる重合体組成物が液晶配向膜を形成した際、次の効果i)及び/又はii)を奏するものであれば、特に限定されない。i)液晶配向膜界面において液晶中のイオン性不純物を吸着するか、及び/又はii)向上した電圧保持率を奏する。
特定のアミン化合物の量は、上記効果を奏するのであれば、特に限定されないが、本発明に用いられる重合体組成物100質量部中、0.01~10質量部、好ましくは0.1~5質量部であるのがよい。 <(C) Amine compound>
The polymer composition used in the present invention may have (C) a specific amine compound as a component other than the components (A) and (B).
The specific amine compound as the component (C) specifically has one primary amino group and a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring in the molecule, and the primary amino group is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or It can be an amine compound bonded to a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group. By containing such an amine compound in the polymer composition of the present invention, when the polymer composition of the present invention is used as a liquid crystal alignment film, elution of ionic impurities is reduced, and the crosslinking of the crosslinkable group described above is achieved. For promoting the reaction, more specifically, the crosslinking reaction of the group represented by the above formula (0), a liquid crystal alignment film having higher durability can be obtained.
The specific amine compound is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits the following effects i) and / or ii) when the polymer composition used in the present invention forms a liquid crystal alignment film. i) Adsorbs ionic impurities in the liquid crystal at the liquid crystal alignment film interface and / or ii) exhibits improved voltage holding ratio.
The amount of the specific amine compound is not particularly limited as long as the above effect is obtained, but is 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass in 100 parts by mass of the polymer composition used in the present invention. It is good that it is a mass part.
2価の非芳香族環式炭化水素基の具体例として、シクロプロパン環、シクロブタン環、シクロペンタン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環、シクロオクタン環、シクロノナン環、シクロデカン環、シクロウンデカン環、シクロドデカン環、シクロトリデカン環、シクロテトラデカン環、シクロペンタデカン環、シクロヘキサデカン環、シクロヘプタデカン環、シクロオクタデカン環、シクロノナデカン環、シクロイコサン環、トリシクロエイコサン環、トリシクロデコサン環、ビシクロヘプタン環、デカヒドロナフタレン環、ノルボルネン環、アダマンタン環などが挙げられる。好ましくは炭素数が3~20からなる環であり、より好ましくは炭素数が3~15からなる環であり、更に好ましくは炭素数が3~10からなる環の非芳香族環式炭化水素基である。 Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a linear alkylene group, an alkylene group having a branched structure, and a divalent hydrocarbon group having an unsaturated bond. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Specific examples of the divalent non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group include cyclopropane ring, cyclobutane ring, cyclopentane ring, cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclooctane ring, cyclononane ring, cyclodecane ring, cycloundecane ring, cyclododecane Ring, cyclotridecane ring, cyclotetradecane ring, cyclopentadecane ring, cyclohexadecane ring, cycloheptadecane ring, cyclooctadecane ring, cyclononadecane ring, cycloicosane ring, tricycloeicosan ring, tricyclodecosan ring, bicycloheptane ring, Examples include a decahydronaphthalene ring, a norbornene ring, an adamantane ring, and the like. Preferably, it is a ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a ring having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having a ring having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. It is.
より好ましいアミン化合物は、下記の式A-[1](式中、Y11は脂肪族炭化水素基又は非芳香族環式炭化水素基を有する2価の有機基であり、Y12は窒素含有芳香族複素環である)で表されるアミン化合物であるのがよい。式A-[1]において、Y12は脂肪族炭化水素基又は非芳香族環式炭化水素基を有する2価の有機基であれば特に限定されない。 Specifically, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, pyrazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, purine ring, thiadiazole ring, pyridazine ring, pyrazoline ring, List triazine ring, pyrazolidine ring, triazole ring, pyrazine ring, benzimidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, thionoline ring, phenanthroline ring, indole ring, quinoxaline ring, benzothiazole ring, phenothiazine ring, oxadiazole ring, acridine ring, etc. Can do. Furthermore, the carbon atom of these nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycles may have a substituent containing a heteroatom.
More preferred amine compounds are those represented by the following formula A- [1] (wherein Y 11 is a divalent organic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group, and Y 12 is a nitrogen-containing group. The amine compound is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic ring. In Formula A- [1], Y 12 is not particularly limited as long as Y 12 is a divalent organic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group.
さらに、式A-[1]のY12である窒素含有芳香族複素環の炭素原子は、ハロゲン原子及び/又は有機基の置換基を有していてもよく、該有機基は酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含有してもよい。 From the viewpoint of ease of electrostatic interaction such as salt formation and hydrogen bonding between the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle and the carboxyl group in the specific polyimide, Y 11 is a formula [20a], a formula included in Y 12 It is preferable that it is combined with a substituent not adjacent to [20b] and formula [20c].
Further, the carbon atom of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring which is Y 12 in formula A- [1] may have a halogen atom and / or a substituent of an organic group, and the organic group is an oxygen atom, sulfur You may contain hetero atoms, such as an atom and a nitrogen atom.
さらに好ましいアミン化合物としては、下記の式A-[2](式中、Y13は炭素数1~10の2価の脂肪族炭化水素基又は非芳香族環式炭化水素基であり、Y14は、単結合、若しくは-O-、-NH-、-S-、-SO2-又は炭素数1~19の2価の有機基である。また、Y13とY14が有する炭素原子の合計は1~20である。Y15は窒素含有芳香族複素環である。)で表されるアミン化合物である。 A preferred combination of Y 11 and Y 12 in the formula A- [1] is a group in which Y 11 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Y 12 is a pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, triazole ring, pyrazine ring, benzimidazole ring, A benzimidazole ring, a quinoxaline ring, an azepine ring, a diazepine ring, a naphthyridine ring, a phenazine ring, or a phthalazine ring. In addition, the carbon atom of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle of Y 12 may have a halogen atom and / or a substituent of an organic group, and the organic group is a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom. May be contained.
Further preferred amine compounds of the formula A- [2] (in the following formula, Y 13 is a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, Y 14 Is a single bond, or —O—, —NH—, —S—, —SO 2 — or a divalent organic group having 1 to 19 carbon atoms, and the total of carbon atoms of Y 13 and Y 14 Is an amine compound represented by: Y 15 is a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring.
さらに、式A-[2]のY15である窒素含有芳香族複素環の炭素原子はハロゲン原子及び/又は有機基の置換基を有していてもよく、該有機基は酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含有してもよい。 From the viewpoint of ease of electrostatic interaction such as salt formation and hydrogen bonding between the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle and the carboxyl group in the specific polyimide, Y 14 is a formula [20a] or formula included in Y 15. It is preferably bonded to a carbon atom that is not adjacent to [20b] or formula [20c].
Further, the carbon atom of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring which is Y 15 in the formula A- [2] may have a halogen atom and / or a substituent of an organic group, and the organic group is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. And may contain a hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom.
本発明の(C)成分の特定のアミン化合物の具体例として、M1~M156の化合物を挙げることができる。 A particularly preferred combination of Y 13 , Y 14 and Y 15 in the formula A- [2] is that Y 13 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a cyclobutane ring, or a cyclohexane ring, and Y 14 is , Single bond, —O—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—, —CH (OH) —, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, fluorene ring, or anthracene Y 15 is a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyridine ring, or a pyrimidine ring. In addition, the carbon atom of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring of Y 15 may have a halogen atom and / or a substituent of an organic group, and the organic group is a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom. It may contain.
Specific examples of the specific amine compound of the component (C) of the present invention include compounds M1 to M156.
本発明に用いられる重合体組成物は、上記(A)及び(B)成分以外の成分として、以下の(D)成分を有してもよい。
即ち、(D)成分は、アルコキシシリル基と、1位及び3位がともに置換されたウレア構造とを有する化合物(以下、化合物Dとも言う)である。
化合物Dは、その化合物中に1つ以上のアルコキシシリル基と1つ以上の1位及び3位がともに置換されたウレア構造とを有していれば、その他の構造は特に限定されないが、入手性等の観点から、下記式(d)で表される化合物が好ましい例の一つである。 <(D) component>
The polymer composition used for this invention may have the following (D) components as components other than the said (A) and (B) component.
That is, the component (D) is a compound having an alkoxysilyl group and a urea structure in which both the 1-position and the 3-position are substituted (hereinafter also referred to as compound D).
The compound D is not particularly limited as long as the compound D has one or more alkoxysilyl groups and one or more urea structures substituted at both the 1-position and the 3-position. From the viewpoint of properties and the like, a compound represented by the following formula (d) is one of preferred examples.
式(d)におけるnとしては、1、2または3が好ましく、1または2が特に好ましい。 As q in the formula (d), 2 or 3 is preferable, and 3 is particularly preferable.
As n in Formula (d), 1, 2 or 3 is preferable, and 1 or 2 is particularly preferable.
反応時間は、通常、0.05ないし200時間、好ましくは0.5ないし100時間である。 The reaction temperature is not particularly limited but is, for example, −90 to 150 ° C., preferably −30 to 100 ° C., and more preferably 0 ° C. to 80 ° C.
The reaction time is usually 0.05 to 200 hours, preferably 0.5 to 100 hours.
本反応は、常圧又は加圧下で行うことができ、また回分式でも連続式でもよい。
好ましい(D)成分の具体的な例としては、S1乃至S4のいずれかで表される化合物が挙げられる。 When a catalyst is added, the catalyst may be used in an amount of 0.005 wt% to 100 wt%, preferably 0.05 wt% to 10 wt%, based on the total amount (mass) of the compound having an isocyanate group. Preferably, it is 0.1 wt% to 5 wt%. If an organotin compound, a titanium compound, or a bismuth compound is used as the catalyst, the amount is preferably 0.005 wt% to 0.1 wt%.
This reaction can be carried out at normal pressure or under pressure, and may be batch or continuous.
Specific examples of the preferred component (D) include compounds represented by any one of S1 to S4.
膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる溶媒(貧溶媒)の具体例としては、次のものが挙げられる。
例えば、イソプロピルアルコール、メトキシメチルペンタノール、メチルセロソルブ、エチルセロソルブ、ブチルセロソルブ、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ブチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトールアセテート、エチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノアセテート、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-tert-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノプロピルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、トリプロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、ジイソプロピルエーテル、エチルイソブチルエーテル、ジイソブチレン、アミルアセテート、ブチルブチレート、ブチルエーテル、ジイソブチルケトン、メチルシクロへキセン、プロピルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテル、1-ヘキサノール、n-へキサン、n-ペンタン、n-オクタン、ジエチルエーテル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチルエチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-エトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-ブトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-フェノキシ-2-プロパノール、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、プロピレングリコール-1-モノメチルエーテル-2-アセテート、プロピレングリコール-1-モノエチルエーテル-2-アセテート、ジプロピレングリコール、2-(2-エトキシプロポキシ)プロパノール、乳酸メチルエステル、乳酸エチルエステル、乳酸n-プロピルエステル、乳酸n-ブチルエステル、乳酸イソアミルエステル等の低表面張力を有する溶媒等が挙げられる。 Furthermore, although the polymer composition used for this invention can mention the following as components other than the said (A) and (B) component, it is not limited to these.
The following are mentioned as a specific example of the solvent (poor solvent) which improves the uniformity of film thickness and surface smoothness.
For example, isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol acetate, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol monoacetate Isopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol-tert-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipro Lenglycol monoacetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3 -Methoxybutyl acetate, tripropylene glycol methyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, diisobutylene, amyl acetate, butyl butyrate, butyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, methylcyclohexene, propyl ether, dihexyl Ether, 1-hexanol, n-hexane, n-pentane, n-octane Diethyl ether, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, Ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, 1 -Butoxy-2-propanol, 1-phenoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether-2-acetate, propylene glycol- 1-monoethyl ether-2-acetate, dipropylene glycol, 2- (2-ethoxypropoxy) propanol, lactate methyl ester, lactate ethyl ester, lactate n-propyl ester, lactate n-butyl ester, lactyl isoamyl ester, etc. Examples include solvents having surface tension.
より具体的には、例えば、エフトップ(登録商標)301、EF303、EF352(トーケムプロダクツ社製)、メガファック(登録商標)F171、F173、R-30(DIC社製)、フロラードFC430、FC431(住友スリーエム社製)、アサヒガード(登録商標)AG710(旭硝子社製)、サーフロン(登録商標)S-382、SC101、SC102、SC103、SC104、SC105、SC106(AGCセイミケミカル社製)等が挙げられる。これらの界面活性剤の使用割合は、重合体組成物に含有される樹脂成分の100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01質量部~2質量部、より好ましくは0.01質量部~1質量部である。 Examples of the compound that improves film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants.
More specifically, for example, Ftop (registered trademark) 301, EF303, EF352 (manufactured by Tochem Products), MegaFac (registered trademark) F171, F173, R-30 (manufactured by DIC), Florard FC430, FC431 (Manufactured by Sumitomo 3M), Asahi Guard (registered trademark) AG710 (manufactured by Asahi Glass), Surflon (registered trademark) S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.) It is done. The use ratio of these surfactants is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the polymer composition. Part by mass.
例えば、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-トリエトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、N-トリメトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、10-トリメトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、10-トリエトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、9-トリメトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、9-トリエトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound that improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include the following functional silane-containing compounds.
For example, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-ethoxy Carbonyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-triethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, N-trimethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, 10-trimethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 10-to Ethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, 9-triethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltri Methoxysilane, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-bis (oxyethylene) -3-amino Examples thereof include propyltrimethoxysilane and N-bis (oxyethylene) -3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane.
光増感剤としては、芳香族ニトロ化合物、クマリン(7-ジエチルアミノ-4-メチルクマリン、7-ヒドロキシ4-メチルクマリン)、ケトクマリン、カルボニルビスクマリン、芳香族2-ヒドロキシケトン、およびアミノ置換された、芳香族2-ヒドロキシケトン(2-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、モノ-もしくはジ-p-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン)、アセトフェノン、アントラキノン、キサントン、チオキサントン、ベンズアントロン、チアゾリン(2-ベンゾイルメチレン-3-メチル-β-ナフトチアゾリン、2-(β-ナフトイルメチレン)-3-メチルベンゾチアゾリン、2-(α-ナフトイルメチレン)-3-メチルベンゾチアゾリン、2-(4-ビフェノイルメチレン)-3-メチルベンゾチアゾリン、2-(β-ナフトイルメチレン)-3-メチル
-β-ナフトチアゾリン、2-(4-ビフェノイルメチレン)-3-メチル-β-ナフトチアゾリン、2-(p-フルオロベンゾイルメチレン)-3-メチル-β-ナフトチアゾリン)、オキサゾリン(2-ベンゾイルメチレン-3-メチル-β-ナフトオキサゾリン、2-(β-ナフトイルメチレン)-3-メチルベンゾオキサゾリン、2-(α-ナフトイルメチレン)-3-メチルベンゾオキサゾリン、2-(4-ビフェノイルメチレン)-3-メチルベンゾオキサゾリン、2-(β-ナフトイルメチレン)-3-メチル-β-ナフトオキサゾリン、2-(4-ビフェノイルメチレン)-3-メチル-β-ナフトオキサゾリン、2-(p-フルオロベンゾイルメチレン)-3-メチル-β-ナフトオキサゾリン)、ベンゾチアゾール、ニトロアニリン(m-もしくはp-ニトロアニリン、2,4,6-トリニトロアニリン)またはニトロアセナフテン(5-ニトロアセナフテン)、(2-[(m-ヒドロキシ-p-メトキシ)スチリル]ベンゾチアゾール、ベンゾインアルキルエーテル、N-アルキル化フタロン、アセトフェノンケタール(2,2-ジメトキシフェニルエタノン)、ナフタレン、アントラセン(2-ナフタレンメタノール、2-ナフタレンカルボン酸、9-アントラセンメタノール、および9-アントラセンカルボン酸)、ベンゾピラン、アゾインドリジン、メチルクマリン等がある。
好ましくは、芳香族2-ヒドロキシケトン(ベンゾフェノン)、クマリン、ケトクマリン、カルボニルビスクマリン、アセトフェノン、アントラキノン、キサントン、チオキサントン、およびアセトフェノンケタールである。 A photosensitizer can also be used as an additive. Colorless and triplet sensitizers are preferred.
As photosensitizers, aromatic nitro compounds, coumarins (7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin, 7-hydroxy4-methylcoumarin), ketocoumarins, carbonyl biscoumarins, aromatic 2-hydroxyketones, and amino-substituted Aromatic 2-hydroxyketones (2-hydroxybenzophenone, mono- or di-p- (dimethylamino) -2-hydroxybenzophenone), acetophenone, anthraquinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, benzanthrone, thiazoline (2-benzoylmethylene-3 -Methyl-β-naphthothiazoline, 2- (β-naphthoylmethylene) -3-methylbenzothiazoline, 2- (α-naphthoylmethylene) -3-methylbenzothiazoline, 2- (4-biphenoylmethylene)- 3-methylbenzothia Phosphorus, 2- (β-naphthoylmethylene) -3-methyl-β-naphthothiazoline, 2- (4-biphenoylmethylene) -3-methyl-β-naphthothiazoline, 2- (p-fluorobenzoylmethylene)- 3-methyl-β-naphthothiazoline), oxazoline (2-benzoylmethylene-3-methyl-β-naphthoxazoline, 2- (β-naphthoylmethylene) -3-methylbenzoxazoline, 2- (α-naphthoylmethylene) ) -3-methylbenzoxazoline, 2- (4-biphenoylmethylene) -3-methylbenzoxazoline, 2- (β-naphthoylmethylene) -3-methyl-β-naphthoxazoline, 2- (4-biphenoyl) Methylene) -3-methyl-β-naphthoxazoline, 2- (p-fluorobenzoylmethylene) -3-methyl-β- Ftoxazoline), benzothiazole, nitroaniline (m- or p-nitroaniline, 2,4,6-trinitroaniline) or nitroacenaphthene (5-nitroacenaphthene), (2-[(m-hydroxy-p -Methoxy) styryl] benzothiazole, benzoin alkyl ether, N-alkylated phthalone, acetophenone ketal (2,2-dimethoxyphenylethanone), naphthalene, anthracene (2-naphthalenemethanol, 2-naphthalenecarboxylic acid, 9-anthracenemethanol And 9-anthracenecarboxylic acid), benzopyran, azoindolizine, methylcoumarin and the like.
Aromatic 2-hydroxy ketone (benzophenone), coumarin, ketocoumarin, carbonyl biscoumarin, acetophenone, anthraquinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, and acetophenone ketal are preferred.
本願は、上述の重合体組成物を有するか、又は上述の重合体組成物から本質的になるか、又は上述の重合体組成物のみからなる液晶配向剤、特に液晶表示素子用、より特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用の液晶配向剤を提供する。 <Liquid crystal aligning agent>
The present application has a polymer composition as described above, or consists essentially of the polymer composition as described above, or a liquid crystal aligning agent composed of only the polymer composition as described above, particularly for a liquid crystal display element, more particularly laterally. A liquid crystal aligning agent for an electric field driven liquid crystal display element is provided.
本願は、上述の液晶配向剤から形成される液晶配向膜、特に液晶表示素子用、より特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用の液晶配向膜を提供する。
また、本願は、上述の液晶配向剤から形成される液晶配向膜、特に液晶表示素子用、より特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用の液晶配向膜を有する基板、特に液晶表示素子用、より特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用の基板を提供する。 <Liquid crystal alignment film> or <Substrate having liquid crystal alignment film>
This application provides the liquid crystal aligning film formed from the above-mentioned liquid crystal aligning agent, especially the liquid crystal aligning film for liquid crystal display elements, and more especially for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
In addition, the present application relates to a liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal alignment agent described above, particularly a substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film for a liquid crystal display element, more particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, particularly a liquid crystal display element. A substrate for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element is provided.
上述の液晶配向膜は、
[I] 上述の重合体組成物又は上述の液晶配向剤を、基板上に、例えば横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程;
[II] [I]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する工程;及び
[III] [II]で得られた塗膜を加熱する工程;
を有することによって、配向制御能が付与された液晶配向膜、特に液晶表示素子用、より特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用の液晶配向膜又は該液晶配向膜を有する基板を得ることができる。 <Method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film> or <Method for manufacturing substrate having liquid crystal alignment film>
The liquid crystal alignment film described above is
[I] The process of apply | coating the above-mentioned polymer composition or the above-mentioned liquid crystal aligning agent on a board | substrate, for example on the board | substrate which has a conductive film for a horizontal electric field drive, and forming a coating film;
[II] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II];
Thus, a liquid crystal alignment film imparted with an alignment control ability, particularly a liquid crystal alignment film for a liquid crystal display element, more particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, or a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained.
基板については、特に限定はされないが、製造される液晶表示素子が透過型である場合、透明性の高い基板が用いられることが好ましい。その場合、特に限定はされず、ガラス基板、またはアクリル基板やポリカーボネート基板等のプラスチック基板等を用いることができる。
また、反射型の液晶表示素子への適用を考慮し、シリコンウェハなどの不透明な基板も使用できる。 << Board >>
Although it does not specifically limit about a board | substrate, When the liquid crystal display element manufactured is a transmission type, it is preferable that a highly transparent board | substrate is used. In that case, there is no particular limitation, and a glass substrate or a plastic substrate such as an acrylic substrate or a polycarbonate substrate can be used.
In consideration of application to a reflective liquid crystal display element, an opaque substrate such as a silicon wafer can also be used.
基板は、横電界駆動型液晶表示素子に用いる場合、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する。
該導電膜として、液晶表示素子が透過型である場合、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide:酸化インジウムスズ)、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide:酸化インジウム亜鉛)などを挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。
また、反射型の液晶表示素子の場合、導電膜として、アルミなどの光を反射する材料などを挙げることができるがこれらに限定されない。
基板に導電膜を形成する方法は、従来公知の手法を用いることができる。 << Conductive film for driving lateral electric field >>
The substrate has a conductive film for driving a horizontal electric field when used in a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
Examples of the conductive film include, but are not limited to, ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) and IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide) when the liquid crystal display element is a transmission type.
In the case of a reflective liquid crystal display element, examples of the conductive film include a material that reflects light such as aluminum, but are not limited thereto.
As a method for forming a conductive film on a substrate, a conventionally known method can be used.
工程[I]では、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板上に、所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する、本発明の重合体組成物を塗布して塗膜を形成する。 << Step [I] >>
In step [I], a coating film is formed by applying the polymer composition of the present invention, which exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range, onto a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field.
塗布方法は、工業的には、スクリーン印刷、オフセット印刷、フレキソ印刷またはインクジェット法などで行う方法が一般的である。その他の塗布方法としては、ディップ法、ロールコータ法、スリットコータ法、スピンナ法(回転塗布法)またはスプレー法などがあり、目的に応じてこれらを用いてもよい。 The method for applying the polymer composition described above or the liquid crystal aligning agent described above onto a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field is not particularly limited.
In general, the application method is generally performed by screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, an inkjet method, or the like. Other coating methods include a dipping method, a roll coater method, a slit coater method, a spinner method (rotary coating method), or a spray method, and these may be used depending on the purpose.
塗膜の厚みは、厚すぎると液晶表示素子の消費電力の面で不利となり、薄すぎると液晶表示素子の信頼性が低下する場合があるので、好ましくは5nm~300nm、より好ましくは10nm~150nmである。
尚、[I]工程の後、続く[II]工程の前に塗膜の形成された基板を室温にまで冷却する工程を設けることも可能である。 After the polymer composition or the liquid crystal aligning agent is applied on the substrate having the conductive film for driving the transverse electric field, the heating means such as a hot plate, a thermal circulation oven or an IR (infrared) oven is used. Preferably, the solvent can be evaporated at 50 to 150 ° C. to obtain a coating film. The drying temperature at this time is preferably lower than the liquid crystal phase expression temperature of the polymer of the component (A) of the present invention. Here, the liquid crystal phase expression temperature of the polymer of component (A) is a temperature at which at least two polymers of component (A) exhibit a liquid crystal phase as a whole.
If the thickness of the coating film is too thick, it will be disadvantageous in terms of power consumption of the liquid crystal display element, and if it is too thin, the reliability of the liquid crystal display element may be lowered. Therefore, it is preferably 5 nm to 300 nm, more preferably 10 nm to 150 nm. It is.
In addition, it is also possible to provide the process of cooling the board | substrate with which the coating film was formed to room temperature after the [I] process and before the following [II] process.
工程[II]では、工程[I]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する。塗膜の膜面に偏光した紫外線を照射する場合、基板に対して一定の方向から偏光板を介して偏光された紫外線を照射する。使用する紫外線としては、波長100nm~400nmの範囲の紫外線を使用することができる。好ましくは、使用する塗膜の種類によりフィルター等を介して最適な波長を選択する。そして、例えば、選択的に光架橋反応を誘起できるように、波長290nm~400nmの範囲の紫外線を選択して使用することができる。紫外線としては、例えば、高圧水銀灯から放射される光を用いることができる。 << Step [II] >>
In step [II], the coating film obtained in step [I] is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays. When irradiating the surface of the coating film with polarized ultraviolet rays, the substrate is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate from a certain direction. As the ultraviolet rays to be used, ultraviolet rays having a wavelength in the range of 100 nm to 400 nm can be used. Preferably, the optimum wavelength is selected through a filter or the like depending on the type of coating film to be used. For example, ultraviolet light having a wavelength in the range of 290 nm to 400 nm can be selected and used so that the photocrosslinking reaction can be selectively induced. As the ultraviolet light, for example, light emitted from a high-pressure mercury lamp can be used.
工程[III]では、工程[II]で偏光した紫外線の照射された塗膜を加熱する。加熱により、塗膜に配向制御能を付与することができる。
加熱は、ホットプレート、熱循環型オーブンまたはIR(赤外線)型オーブンなどの加熱手段を用いることができる。加熱温度は、使用する塗膜の液晶性を発現させる温度を考慮して決めることができる。 << Step [III] >>
In step [III], the ultraviolet-irradiated coating film polarized in step [II] is heated. An orientation control ability can be imparted to the coating film by heating.
For heating, a heating means such as a hot plate, a heat circulation type oven, or an IR (infrared) type oven can be used. The heating temperature can be determined in consideration of the temperature at which the liquid crystallinity of the coating film used is developed.
なお、液晶性発現温度は、本発明の(A)成分のポリマーまたは塗膜表面が固体相から液晶相に相転移がおきるガラス転移温度(Tg)以上であって、液晶相からアイソトロピック相(等方相)に相転移を起こすアイソトロピック相転移温度(Tiso)以下の温度をいう。 The heating temperature is preferably within the temperature range of the temperature at which the polymer of the component (A) of the present invention exhibits liquid crystallinity (hereinafter referred to as liquid crystallinity expression temperature). In the case of the surface of a thin film such as a coating film, the liquid crystallinity expression temperature on the coating film surface is expected to be lower than the liquid crystallinity expression temperature when the polymer of the component (A) of the present invention is observed in bulk. For this reason, the heating temperature is more preferably within the temperature range of the liquid crystallinity expression temperature on the coating film surface. That is, the temperature range of the heating temperature after irradiation with polarized ultraviolet rays is 10 ° C. lower than the lower limit of the temperature range of the liquid crystalline expression temperature of the polymer of the component (A) of the present invention used, It is preferable that the temperature is in a range where the upper limit is 10 ° C. lower than the upper limit. If the heating temperature is lower than the above temperature range, the anisotropic amplification effect due to heat in the coating film tends to be insufficient, and if the heating temperature is too higher than the above temperature range, the state of the coating film Tends to be close to an isotropic liquid state (isotropic phase), and in this case, self-organization may make it difficult to reorient in one direction.
The liquid crystalline expression temperature is equal to or higher than the glass transition temperature (Tg) at which the polymer or coating film surface of the component (A) of the present invention undergoes a phase transition from the solid phase to the liquid crystal phase, and from the liquid crystal phase to the isotropic phase ( A temperature below the isotropic phase transition temperature (Tiso) that causes a phase transition in the isotropic phase.
本願は、上記で得られた液晶配向膜を有する基板を有する液晶表示素子、特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子を提供する。 <Liquid crystal display element> and <Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element>
The present application provides a liquid crystal display element having a substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film obtained as described above, particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
第2の基板は、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板に代わって、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有しない基板を用いる場合、第1の基板と同様に、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板を用いる場合がある。また、第2の基板には、第1の基板と同様に、液晶配向膜を有するのがよい。 Specifically, in addition to the substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film (first substrate) obtained above, a second substrate is prepared, whereby a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element can be obtained.
When the second substrate uses a substrate having no lateral electric field driving conductive film instead of the substrate having the lateral electric field driving conductive film, the second electric field driving conductive film as in the first substrate is used. In some cases, a substrate having In addition, the second substrate preferably has a liquid crystal alignment film as in the first substrate.
[IV] 上記で得られた第1及び第2の基板を、液晶を介して第1及び第2の基板の液晶配向膜が相対するように、対向配置して液晶表示素子を得る工程;
を有する。これにより、液晶表示素子、特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子を得ることができる。 A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element, particularly a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element,
[IV] A step of obtaining a liquid crystal display element by arranging the first and second substrates obtained above so that the liquid crystal alignment films of the first and second substrates face each other with liquid crystal interposed therebetween;
Have Thereby, a liquid crystal display element, especially a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element can be obtained.
[IV]工程は、[III]で得られた、横電界駆動用の導電膜上に液晶配向膜を有する基板(第1の基板)と、同様に上記[I’]~[III’]で得られた、液晶配向膜付基板(第2の基板)とを、液晶を介して、双方の液晶配向膜が相対するように対向配置して、公知の方法で液晶セルを作製し、横電界駆動型液晶表示素子を作製する工程である。なお、工程[I’]~[III’]は、工程[I]において、横電界駆動用の導電膜の有無の違い以外、工程[I]~[III]と同様に行うことができる。工程[I]~[III]と工程[I’]~[III’]との相違点は、上述した導電膜の有無だけであるため、工程[I’]~[III’]の説明を省略する。 <Process [IV]>
The step [IV] is performed in the same manner as in the above [I ′] to [III ′], similarly to the substrate (first substrate) obtained in [III] and having the liquid crystal alignment film on the conductive film for lateral electric field driving. The obtained liquid crystal alignment film-attached substrate (second substrate) is arranged to face each other with the liquid crystal alignment film facing each other through the liquid crystal, and a liquid crystal cell is manufactured by a known method. This is a step of manufacturing a drive type liquid crystal display element. The steps [I ′] to [III ′] can be performed in the same manner as the steps [I] to [III] except for the difference in the presence or absence of the conductive film for driving the lateral electric field in the step [I]. Since the difference between the steps [I] to [III] and the steps [I ′] to [III ′] is only the presence or absence of the conductive film, the description of the steps [I ′] to [III ′] is omitted. To do.
スペーサの径は、好ましくは1μm~30μm、より好ましくは2μm~10μmである。このスペーサ径が、液晶層を挟持する一対の基板間距離、すなわち、液晶層の厚みを決めることになる。 To give an example of the production of a liquid crystal cell or a liquid crystal display element, the first and second substrates described above are prepared, spacers are dispersed on the liquid crystal alignment film of one substrate, and the liquid crystal alignment film surface is on the inside. In this way, the other substrate is bonded and the liquid crystal is injected under reduced pressure to seal, or the liquid crystal is dropped on the liquid crystal alignment film surface on which the spacers are dispersed, and then the substrate is bonded and sealed. , Etc. can be illustrated. At this time, when a lateral electric field driving type liquid crystal display element is manufactured, it is preferable to use a substrate having electrodes having a structure like a comb for driving an electric field on one side.
The diameter of the spacer is preferably 1 μm to 30 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 10 μm. This spacer diameter determines the distance between the pair of substrates that sandwich the liquid crystal layer, that is, the thickness of the liquid crystal layer.
以下、実施例を用いて本発明を説明するが、本発明は、該実施例に限定されるものではない。 As described above, the polymer composition or the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention, the liquid crystal alignment film formed using the composition or the liquid crystal aligning agent, the substrate having the alignment film, and the liquid crystal alignment film or substrate are provided. The liquid crystal display element formed in this manner, in particular the lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, has excellent reliability and can be suitably used for a large-screen, high-definition liquid crystal television.
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, although this invention is demonstrated using an Example, this invention is not limited to this Example.
M1、M2は、それぞれ、次のようにして合成した。即ち、M1は特許文献(WO2011-084546)に記載の合成法にて合成した。M2は特許文献(特開平9-118717)に記載の合成法にて合成した。なお、M1をモノマーとして形成されるポリマーは光反応性及び液晶性を有し、M2をモノマーとして形成されるポリマーは液晶性のみを有する。
共重合するモノマーA1は下記合成例1に記載の合成法にて合成した。
HBAGE(ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートグリシジルエーテル)は、市販購入可能であるものを用いた。 M1 as a monomer having a photoreactive group used in Examples, M2 as a monomer having a liquid crystal group, HBAGE as a monomer having a crosslinking group, and A1 as a monomer having an amide group are shown below.
M1 and M2 were synthesized as follows. That is, M1 was synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (WO2011-084546). M2 was synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-118717). A polymer formed using M1 as a monomer has photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity, and a polymer formed using M2 as a monomer has only liquid crystallinity.
The monomer A1 to be copolymerized was synthesized by the synthesis method described in Synthesis Example 1 below.
As HBAGE (hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether), a commercially available product was used.
(有機溶媒)
THF:テトラヒドロフラン。
NMP:N-エチル-2-ピロリドン。
EDC:N-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)-N’-エチルカルボジイミド(縮合剤)。
DMAP:4-ジメチルアミノピリジン。
PB:プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル。
(重合開始剤)
AIBN:2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル。 In addition, the abbreviations of the reagents used in this example are shown below.
(Organic solvent)
THF: tetrahydrofuran.
NMP: N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone.
EDC: N- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -N′-ethylcarbodiimide (condensing agent).
DMAP: 4-dimethylaminopyridine.
PB: propylene glycol monobutyl ether.
(Polymerization initiator)
AIBN: 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile.
化合物A1の合成 <Synthesis Example 1>
Synthesis of compound A1
1H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl3, δppm):8.81-8.79(2H, dd), 7.86-7.85(2H, dd), 6.16-6.14(1H, m), 5.62-5.60(1H, m), 4.63-4.61(2H, m), 5.62-5.60(2H, m), 4.63-4.61(2H, m), 4.52-4.60(2H, m), 1.97-1.95(3H, m). In a 1 L four-necked flask, compound [A] (63.42 g, 287 mmol), compound [B] (50.00 g, 406 mmol), EDC (93.43 g, 487 mmol), DMAP (4.96 g, 40.6 mmol) , THF (500 g) was added, and the reaction was performed at 23 ° C. The reaction was traced by HPLC, and after confirming the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into distilled water (3 L), ethyl acetate (1 L) was added, and the aqueous layer was removed by a liquid separation operation. Thereafter, the organic layer was washed twice with distilled water (1 L), and then the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate. Thereafter, filtration and evaporation of the solvent with an evaporator gave 86.3 g of Compound [A1] as an oily compound (yield 92%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 8.81-8.79 (2H, dd), 7.86-7.85 (2H, dd), 6.16-6.14 (1H, m), 5.62-5.60 (1H, m), 4.63- 4.61 (2H, m), 5.62-5.60 (2H, m), 4.63-4.61 (2H, m), 4.52-4.60 (2H, m), 1.97-1.95 (3H, m).
M1(1.66g:0.1mol%)、M2(13.79g:0.9mol%)をTHF(146.42g)中に溶解し、ダイアフラムポンプで脱気を行った後、AIBN(0.82g)を加え再び脱気を行った。この後、60℃で8時間反応させメタクリレートのポリマー溶液を得た。このポリマー溶液をメタノール(300ml)に滴下し、得られた沈殿物をろ過した。この沈澱物をメタノールで洗浄し、減圧乾燥しメタクリレートポリマー粉末P1を得た。 <Polymer synthesis example P1>
M1 (1.66 g: 0.1 mol%) and M2 (13.79 g: 0.9 mol%) were dissolved in THF (146.42 g), and after deaeration with a diaphragm pump, AIBN (0.82 g ) And deaerated again. Thereafter, the mixture was reacted at 60 ° C. for 8 hours to obtain a polymer solution of methacrylate. This polymer solution was added dropwise to methanol (300 ml), and the resulting precipitate was filtered. This precipitate was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure to obtain methacrylate polymer powder P1.
表1に示す組成を用いた以外、ポリマー合成例P1と同様の方法を用いて、メタクリレートポリマー粉末P2~P4を合成した。 <Polymer synthesis examples P2 to P4>
The methacrylate polymer powders P2 to P4 were synthesized using the same method as in the polymer synthesis example P1, except that the composition shown in Table 1 was used.
NMP(5.65g)にポリマー合成例P1にて得られたメタクリレートポリマー粉末P1(0.105g)と、ポリマー合成例P2にて得られたメタクリレートポリマー粉末P2(0.245g)を加え、室温で1時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、PB(4.0g)を加え攪拌することにより、ポリマー溶液T1を得た。このポリマー溶液T1は、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤とした。 <Example 1>
Add the methacrylate polymer powder P1 (0.105 g) obtained in Polymer Synthesis Example P1 and the methacrylate polymer powder P2 (0.245 g) obtained in Polymer Synthesis Example P2 to NMP (5.65 g) at room temperature. Stir for 1 hour to dissolve. To this solution, PB (4.0 g) was added and stirred to obtain a polymer solution T1. This polymer solution T1 was used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it was.
NMP(5.65g)にポリマー合成例P2にて得られたメタクリレートポリマー粉末P2(0.35g)を加え、室温で1時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、PB(4.0g)を加え攪拌することにより、コントロールポリマー溶液CT1を得た。このポリマー溶液は、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤とした。 <Control 1>
The methacrylate polymer powder P2 (0.35 g) obtained in Polymer Synthesis Example P2 was added to NMP (5.65 g), and dissolved by stirring for 1 hour at room temperature. By adding PB (4.0 g) to this solution and stirring, a control polymer solution CT1 was obtained. This polymer solution was used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it was.
NMP(5.65g)にポリマー合成例P3にて得られたメタクリレートポリマー粉末P3(0.35g)を加え、室温で1時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、PB(4.0g)を加え攪拌することにより、コントロールポリマー溶液CT2を得た。このポリマー溶液は、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤とした。 <Control 2>
The methacrylate polymer powder P3 (0.35 g) obtained in Polymer Synthesis Example P3 was added to NMP (5.65 g), and dissolved by stirring for 1 hour at room temperature. To this solution, PB (4.0 g) was added and stirred to obtain a control polymer solution CT2. This polymer solution was used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it was.
NMP(5.65g)にポリマー合成例P4にて得られたメタクリレートポリマー粉末P4(0.35g)を加え、室温で1時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、PB(4.0g)を加え攪拌することにより、コントロールポリマー溶液CT3を得た。このポリマー溶液は、そのまま液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向剤とした。 <Control 3>
The methacrylate polymer powder P4 (0.35 g) obtained in Polymer Synthesis Example P4 was added to NMP (5.65 g), and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour to dissolve. By adding PB (4.0 g) to this solution and stirring, a control polymer solution CT3 was obtained. This polymer solution was used as a liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film as it was.
なお、表2中の「各ポリマー中の光反応性基量」及び「全光反応性基量」については、例えば次のように求めることができる。 For the liquid crystal aligning agent T1 of Example 1 and the liquid crystal aligning agents CT1 to CT3 of Controls 1 to 3, the polymer types used and their wt%, and for Example 1, two types of polymers were used. Amount of photoreactive group, monomer species from which “photoreactive group” and “liquid crystalline group” in each polymer are derived, “amount of photoreactive group” in the monomer, and liquid crystal aligning agent derived therefrom The “total photoreactive group amount” is summarized in Table 2 below.
The “photoreactive group amount in each polymer” and “total photoreactive group amount” in Table 2 can be determined, for example, as follows.
「全光反応性基量」は、ポリマー種P1とP2との重量比と、上記ポリマー種P1及びP2における「光反応性基量」とから求められ、0.1mol%×0.3(P1種が30wt%に由来)+0.2mol%×0.7(P2種が70wt%に由来)から、0.17mol%が求められる。 That is, in the liquid crystal aligning agent T1 of Example 1, polymer seed | species P1 and P2 are used, P1 is 30 wt% and P2 is used 70 wt% in the total weight. As described above, the monomer from which the “photoreactive group” in the polymer species P1 is derived is M1. M2 has only a “liquid crystalline group”. “The amount of photoreactive groups in each polymer” is a mol% value of “photoreactive groups” when the total of “liquid crystalline groups” and “photoreactive groups” is 100 mol%. The “photoreactive group amount” of the polymer species P1 is 100 × {0.1 / (0.1 + 0.9)}, which is 10 mol%. Similarly, the “photoreactive group amount” in the polymer species P2 is 20 mol%.
The “total photoreactive group amount” is determined from the weight ratio of the polymer species P1 and P2 and the “photoreactive group amount” in the polymer species P1 and P2, and is 0.1 mol% × 0.3 (P1 0.17 mol% is obtained from (the seed is derived from 30 wt%) + 0.2 mol% × 0.7 (the P2 seed is derived from 70 wt%).
実施例1で得られた液晶配向剤(T1)を0.45μmのフィルターで濾過した後、透明電極付きガラス基板上にスピンコートし、70℃のホットプレート上で90秒間乾燥後、膜厚100nmの液晶配向膜を形成した。次いで、塗膜面に偏光板を介して313nmの紫外線を10~80mJ/cm2照射した後に140℃のホットプレートで10分間加熱し、液晶配向膜付き基板を得た。このような液晶配向膜付き基板を2枚用意し、一方の基板の液晶配向膜面に6μmのスペーサを設置した後、2枚の基板のラビング方向が平行になるようにして組み合わせ、液晶注入口を残して周囲をシールし、セルギャップが4μmの空セルを作製した。この空セルに減圧注入法によって、液晶MLC-3019(メルク株式会社製)を注入し、注入口を封止して、液晶が平行配向した液晶セルを得た。
同様に、コントロール1~3で得られた液晶配向剤CT1、CT2及びCT3を用いて、液晶セルを作成した。 <Production of liquid crystal cell>
The liquid crystal aligning agent (T1) obtained in Example 1 was filtered through a 0.45 μm filter, spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode, dried on a hot plate at 70 ° C. for 90 seconds, and a film thickness of 100 nm. A liquid crystal alignment film was formed. Next, the surface of the coating film was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 313 nm through a polarizing plate at 10 to 80 mJ / cm 2 and then heated on a hot plate at 140 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film. Two substrates with such a liquid crystal alignment film are prepared, a 6 μm spacer is set on the liquid crystal alignment film surface of one substrate, and the two substrates are combined so that the rubbing directions are parallel to each other. The periphery was sealed, and an empty cell with a cell gap of 4 μm was produced. Liquid crystal MLC-3019 (manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc.) was injected into this empty cell by a reduced pressure injection method, and the injection port was sealed to obtain a liquid crystal cell in which liquid crystals were aligned in parallel.
Similarly, liquid crystal cells were prepared using the liquid crystal alignment agents CT1, CT2 and CT3 obtained in Controls 1 to 3.
実施例1、コントロール1~3で作製した液晶セルを偏光軸が直交するように配置された2枚の偏光板の間に設置し、電圧無印加の状態でバックライトを点灯させておき、透過光の輝度が最も小さくなるように液晶セルの配置角度を調整した。その液晶セルを目視にて確認。この液晶セルが良好に配向し、流動配向が確認されなければ「○」、配向したものの流動配向が確認されれば「△」、無配向であれば「×」とした。 <Orientation evaluation>
The liquid crystal cell produced in Example 1, Controls 1 to 3 was placed between two polarizing plates arranged so that the polarization axes were orthogonal to each other, the backlight was turned on with no voltage applied, and the transmitted light was transmitted. The arrangement angle of the liquid crystal cell was adjusted so that the luminance was minimized. Visually check the liquid crystal cell. When this liquid crystal cell was well aligned and no fluid alignment was confirmed, “◯” was indicated, when the aligned one was confirmed “Δ”, and when it was not aligned, “X” was indicated.
上記で作製した液晶セルを用い、70℃温下で5Vの電圧を60μs間印加し、16.67ms後の電圧を測定し、電圧がどのくらい保持できているかを電圧保持率(VHR)として計算した。なお、電圧保持率の測定には、東陽テクニカ社製の電圧保持率測定装置VHR-1を使用した。
実施例1およびコントロール1~3のVHRの結果を、<配向性評価>の結果及び「全光反応性基量」と併せて、表3に示す。 <Evaluation of voltage holding ratio (VHR)>
Using the liquid crystal cell produced above, a voltage of 5 V was applied for 60 μs at a temperature of 70 ° C., a voltage after 16.67 ms was measured, and how much the voltage could be held was calculated as a voltage holding ratio (VHR). . The voltage holding ratio was measured using a voltage holding ratio measuring device VHR-1 manufactured by Toyo Technica.
The results of VHR of Example 1 and Controls 1 to 3 are shown in Table 3 together with the results of <orientation evaluation> and “total photoreactive group amount”.
具体的には、実施例1とコントロール1とを比較すると、両者は全光反応性基量がほぼ同程度(実施例1:0.17;コントロール1:0.20)であり且つ両者においてエポキシ基(HBAGE由来)及び窒素含有芳香族複素環基を有するポリマーを用いており、それによってVHRはほぼ同程度の値を示している。しかしながら、両者において、実施例1では、ポリマー種として2種(P1及びP2)を用いている一方、コントロール1ではポリマー種として1種(P2)のみを用いている。この違いにより、実施例1ではUV照射量50mJ/cm2及び80mJ/cm2で良好な配向性が確認される一方、コントロール1ではUV照射量50mJ/cm2及び80mJ/cm2では無配向であり、実施例1の方が、コントロール1と比較して、広範囲のUV照射量において良好な配向性を示し且つVHRも所望の値をなることがわかる。
実施例1とコントロール2とを比較すると、両者は全光反応性基量がほぼ同程度(実施例1:0.17;コントロール2:0.20)であり、それによって両者は広範囲のUV照射量において良好な配向性を示している。しかしながら、両者において、実施例1では、ポリマー種として2種(P1及びP2)を用い且つ該2種のポリマーにおいてエポキシ基(HBAGE由来)及び窒素含有芳香族複素環基を有するポリマーを用いている一方、コントロール2ではポリマー種として1種(P3)のみを用いている。この違いにより、実施例1ではVHRが所望の値を示すのに対して、コントロール2ではVHRが所望の値よりも低く、実施例1の方が、コントロール2と比較して、広範囲のUV照射量において良好な配向性を示し且つVHRも所望の値をなることがわかる。
実施例1とコントロール3とを比較すると、両者は全光反応性基量が同じ(実施例1:0.17;コントロール3:0.17)であるが、ポリマー種として2種(P1及びP2)を用い且つ該2種のポリマーにおいてエポキシ基(HBAGE由来)及び窒素含有芳香族複素環基を有するポリマーを用いている一方、コントロール3ではポリマー種として1種(P4)のみを用いており、該P4はエポキシ基(HBAGE由来)及び窒素含有芳香族複素環基を有していない点で異なる。この違いにより、実施例1では広範囲のUV照射量において良好な配向性を示し且つVHRも所望の値を示すのに対して、コントロール3ではVHRが所望の値よりも低く且つUV照射量に関してもどの照射量においても所望の特性を奏することができないことがわかる。 From Table 3, in Example 1, two polymers having different photoreactive group amounts are used, and a polymer having a relatively large photoreactive group amount has an epoxy group (derived from HBAGE). Thus, it can be seen that the film shows a good orientation and a good VHR in a wide range of UV irradiation doses.
Specifically, when Example 1 and Control 1 are compared, they have almost the same amount of total photoreactive groups (Example 1: 0.17; Control 1: 0.20), and both are epoxy. A polymer having a group (derived from HBAGE) and a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group is used, whereby VHR shows almost the same value. However, in both, in Example 1, two types (P1 and P2) are used as the polymer type, while in Control 1, only one type (P2) is used as the polymer type. This difference, In Example 1, UV irradiation dose 50 mJ / cm 2 and while excellent orientation in 80 mJ / cm 2 is confirmed, UV irradiation amount in the control 1 50 mJ / cm 2 and 80 mJ / cm 2 in at unoriented It can be seen that Example 1 shows better orientation in a wide range of UV irradiation dose and VHR also has a desired value as compared with Control 1.
Comparing Example 1 with Control 2, both have approximately the same amount of total photoreactive groups (Example 1: 0.17; Control 2: 0.20), thereby allowing them to have a wide range of UV irradiation. It shows good orientation in the amount. However, in both, in Example 1, two types (P1 and P2) are used as polymer species, and a polymer having an epoxy group (derived from HBAGE) and a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group is used in the two types of polymers. On the other hand, in Control 2, only one type (P3) is used as the polymer type. Due to this difference, VHR shows a desired value in Example 1, whereas VHR is lower than the desired value in Control 2, and Example 1 has a wider range of UV irradiation than Control 2. It can be seen that the amount shows good orientation and VHR also takes the desired value.
When Example 1 and Control 3 are compared, both have the same total photoreactive group amount (Example 1: 0.17; Control 3: 0.17), but two polymer types (P1 and P2). ) And a polymer having an epoxy group (derived from HBAGE) and a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group in the two types of polymers, while in Control 3, only one type (P4) is used as the polymer type, The P4 is different in that it does not have an epoxy group (derived from HBAGE) and a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group. Due to this difference, Example 1 shows good orientation in a wide range of UV irradiation doses and VHR also shows a desired value, whereas in Control 3, VHR is lower than the desired value and the UV irradiation amount is also related. It can be seen that the desired characteristics cannot be achieved at any dose.
Claims (35)
- (A)光反応性を発現する構造及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するポリマーを少なくとも2種;及び
(B)有機溶媒;
を含有する重合体組成物であって、
前記少なくとも2種のポリマーのうち、1種のポリマーが、架橋性基を有する、上記組成物。 (A) at least two polymers having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and a structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity; and (B) an organic solvent;
A polymer composition comprising:
The composition as described above, wherein one of the at least two polymers has a crosslinkable group. - 前記少なくとも2種のポリマーのうち、一方のポリマー(A1)と他方のポリマー(A2)とは互いに光反応性を発現する構造の量が異なる請求項1に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1, wherein, of the at least two kinds of polymers, one polymer (A1) and the other polymer (A2) are different from each other in the amount of structures that exhibit photoreactivity.
- 前記ポリマー(A1)の光反応性を発現する構造の量は、前記ポリマー(A2)の光反応性を発現する構造の量よりも多い請求項2に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 2, wherein the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A1) is larger than the amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A2).
- 前記架橋性基が、下記式(G-1)、(G-2)、(G-3)及び(G-4)(式中、破線は結合手を表し、R50は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、フェニル基から選ばれる基を表し、R50が複数ある場合は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、tは1~7の整数であり、JはO、S、NHまたはNR51を表し、R51は炭素数1~3のアルキル基およびフェニル基から選ばれる基を表す)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基である、請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の組成物。
- 前記架橋性基が、前記ポリマー(A1)に有する請求項2~4のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the crosslinkable group has in the polymer (A1).
- 前記ポリマー(A1)が、窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基をさらに有する請求項2~5のいずれかに記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 2 to 5, wherein the polymer (A1) further has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group.
- 前記ポリマー(A2)が、窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基をさらに有する請求項2~6のいずれかに記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the polymer (A2) further has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group.
- 前記少なくとも2種のポリマーは各々、光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造、及び液晶性のみを発現する構造を有する請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein each of the at least two polymers has a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity, and a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity.
- 前記光反応性を発現する構造は、
下記式(1)~(6)
(式中、A、B、Dはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Sは、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
Tは、単結合または炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
Y1は、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR0(式中、R0は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
Y2は、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
Rは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表すか、又はY1と同じ定義を表す;
Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
Couは、クマリン-6-イル基またはクマリン-7-イル基を表し、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
q1とq2は、一方が1で他方が0である;
q3は0または1である;
P及びQは、各々独立に、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基である;ただし、Xが-CH=CH-CO-O-、-O-CO-CH=CH-である場合、-CH=CH-が結合する側のP又はQは芳香環であり、Pの数が2以上となるときは、P同士は同一でも異なっていてもよく、Qの数が2以上となるときは、Q同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
l1は0または1である;
l2は0~2の整数である;
l1とl2がともに0であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはAも単結合を表す;
l1が1であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはBも単結合を表す;
H及びIは、各々独立に、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、およびそれらの組み合わせから選ばれる基である。)
からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の構造である請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。
The following formulas (1) to (6)
(Wherein A, B and D are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO Represents —O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
S is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced by a halogen group;
T is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced with a halogen group;
Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
Y 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof, The hydrogen atom bonded to each independently represents —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. May be substituted with an alkyloxy group of
R represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the same definition as Y 1 ;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
Cou represents a coumarin-6-yl group or a coumarin-7-yl group, and the hydrogen atoms bonded thereto are independently —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH— May be substituted with CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0;
q3 is 0 or 1;
P and Q are each independently selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. Provided that when X is —CH═CH—CO—O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—, P or Q on the side to which —CH═CH— is bonded is an aromatic ring; When the number of P is 2 or more, the Ps may be the same or different, and when the number of Q is 2 or more, the Qs may be the same or different;
l1 is 0 or 1;
l2 is an integer from 0 to 2;
when l1 and l2 are both 0, A represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
when l1 is 1, B represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
H and I are each independently a group selected from a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, and combinations thereof. )
The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
- 前記光反応性を発現する構造は、
下記式(7)~(10)
(式中、A、B、Dはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Y1は、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR0(式中、R0は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
lは1~12の整数を表す;
mは、0~2の整数を表し、m1、m2は1~3の整数を表す;
nは0~12の整数(ただしn=0のときBは単結合である)を表す;
Y2は、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
Rは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表すか、又はY1と同じ定義を表す)
からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の構造である請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。
The following formulas (7) to (10)
(Wherein A, B and D are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO Represents —O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12;
m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and m1 and m2 represent an integer of 1 to 3;
n represents an integer of 0 to 12 (provided that when n = 0, B is a single bond);
Y 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof, The hydrogen atom bonded to each independently represents —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. May be substituted with an alkyloxy group of
R represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the same definition as Y 1 )
The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
- 前記光反応性を発現する構造は、
下記式(11)~(13)
(式中、Aは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
lは、1~12の整数を表し、mは0~2の整数を表し、m1は1~3の整数を表す;
Rは、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR0(式中、R0は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良いか、又はヒドロキシ基もしくは炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表す)
からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の構造である請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。
The following formulas (11) to (13)
(Wherein A is independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O—) Or represents —O—CO—CH═CH—;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and m1 represents an integer of 1 to 3;
R represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or a phase selected from those substituents. Each of the hydrogen atoms bonded to them is independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5). -NO 2 , -CN, -CH = C (CN) 2 , -CH = CH-CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (It may be substituted with an oxy group or represents a hydroxy group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms)
The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
- 前記光反応性を発現する構造は、
下記式(14)又は(15)
(式中、Aはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Y1は、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR0(式中、R0は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
lは1~12の整数を表し、m1、m2は1~3の整数を表す)
で表される構造である請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。
Following formula (14) or (15)
(Wherein each A is independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, Or represents —O—CO—CH═CH—;
Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12, and m1 and m2 represent an integer of 1 to 3)
The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which has a structure represented by:
- 前記光反応性を発現する構造は、
下記式(16)又は(17)(式中、Aは単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
lは、1~12の整数を表し、mは0~2の整数を表す)
で表される構造である請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。
The following formula (16) or (17) (wherein A is a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—) Represents CO—O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12, and m represents an integer of 0 to 2)
The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which has a structure represented by:
- 前記光反応性を発現する構造は、
下記式(18)又は(19)
(式中、A、Bはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Y1は、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR0(式中、R0は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
q1とq2は、一方が1で他方が0である;
lは1~12の整数を表し、m1、m2は1~3の整数を表す;
R1は、水素原子、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基を表す)からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の構造である請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。
Following formula (18) or (19)
(Wherein A and B are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O) Represents — or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12, and m1 and m2 represent an integer of 1 to 3;
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which has a structure selected from the group consisting of: an oxy group.
- 前記光反応性を発現する構造は、
下記式(20)(式中、Aは、単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Y1は、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR0(式中、R0は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
lは1~12の整数を表し、mは0~2の整数を表す)で表される構造である請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。
The following formula (20) (wherein A is a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O) Represents — or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein l represents an integer of 1 to 12, and m represents an integer of 0 to 2.
- 前記液晶性のみを発現する構造は、下記式(21)~(31)
(式中、A及びBは上記と同じ定義を有する;
Y3は、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、及び炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO2、-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
R3は、水素原子、-NO2、-CN、-CH=C(CN)2、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基を表す;
q1とq2は、一方が1で他方が0である;
lは1~12の整数を表し、mは0から2の整数を表し、但し、式(23)~(24)において、全てのmの合計は2以上であり、式(25)~(26)において、全てのmの合計は1以上であり、m1、m2およびm3は、それぞれ独立に1~3の整数を表す;
R2は、水素原子、-NO2、-CN、ハロゲン基、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、及び炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、アルキル基、又はアルキルオキシ基を表す;
Z1、Z2は単結合、-CO-、-CH2O-、-CH=N-、-CF2-を表す)からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の構造である請求項8~15のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。
Wherein A and B have the same definition as above;
Y 3 is a group selected from the group consisting of a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing heterocycle, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. And each hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be independently substituted with —NO 2 , —CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
R 3 is a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, halogen group, monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing Represents a heterocyclic ring, an alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms;
one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, provided that in formulas (23) to (24), the sum of all m is 2 or more, and formulas (25) to (26 ), The sum of all m is 1 or more, and m1, m2 and m3 each independently represents an integer of 1 to 3;
R 2 is a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, a halogen group, a monovalent benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a biphenyl ring, a furan ring, a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and an alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, And represents an alkyl group or an alkyloxy group;
Z 1 and Z 2 each represent a structure selected from the group consisting of a single bond, —CO—, —CH 2 O—, —CH═N—, and —CF 2 —. 16. The composition according to any one of 15.
- 前記ポリマー(A1)の光反応性を発現する構造の量は、前記ポリマー(A1)の光反応性を発現する構造と液晶性を発現する構造との合計を100モル%とした場合、αモル%(αは15以上)であり、
前記ポリマー(A2)の光反応性を発現する構造の量は、前記ポリマー(A2)の光反応性を発現する構造と液晶性を発現する構造を100モル%とした場合、0.95αモル%以下である請求項2~16のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The amount of the structure that exhibits photoreactivity of the polymer (A1) is α mol when the total of the structure that exhibits photoreactivity and the structure that exhibits liquid crystallinity of the polymer (A1) is 100 mol%. % (Α is 15 or more),
The amount of the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A2) is 0.95α mol% when the structure expressing the photoreactivity of the polymer (A2) and the structure exhibiting liquid crystallinity are 100 mol%. The composition according to any one of claims 2 to 16, which is: - 前記ポリマー(A1)の重量平均分子量がβ(βは3万以上)であり、前記ポリマー(A2)の重量平均分子量が0.1β~0.9βである請求項2~17のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A1) is β (β is 30,000 or more), and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A2) is 0.1β to 0.9β. A composition according to 1.
- 前記ポリマー(A1)と前記ポリマー(A2)との合計重量を100wt%とすると、前記ポリマー(A1)が20~95wt%である請求項2~18のいずれかに記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 2 to 18, wherein the polymer (A1) is 20 to 95 wt% when the total weight of the polymer (A1) and the polymer (A2) is 100 wt%.
- 前記少なくとも2種のポリマーが(M-1)光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するモノマー(M1);及び液晶性のみを発現する構造を有するモノマー(M2);を有して形成される請求項1~19のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The at least two polymers are formed of (M-1) a monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity; and a monomer (M2) having a structure that exhibits only liquid crystallinity. The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 19.
- 前記モノマー(M1)が前記式(1)~(20)のいずれかで表される構造を有し、前記モノマー(M2)が前記式(21)~(31)で表される構造を有する請求項20に記載の組成物。 The monomer (M1) has a structure represented by any one of the formulas (1) to (20), and the monomer (M2) has a structure represented by the formulas (21) to (31). Item 21. The composition according to item 20.
- 前記モノマー(M1)が下記式MA1、MA3、MA4、MA5、MA14、MA16~MA23、MA25、MA28~MA30、MA32、MA34、MA36、MA38~MA42、MA44及びMA46からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種であり、
前記モノマー(M2)が下記式MA2、MA9~MA13、MA15、MA24、MA26、MA27、MA31、MA35、MA37、MA43及びMA45からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種である請求項20又は21に記載の組成物。
The monomer (M2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of the following formulas MA2, MA9 to MA13, MA15, MA24, MA26, MA27, MA31, MA35, MA37, MA43 and MA45. Composition.
- 前記ポリマー(A1)は、
(M-1)光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するモノマー(M1);
(M-2)液晶性のみを発現する構造を有するモノマー(M2);及び
(M-3)式(G-1)、(G-2)、(G-3)及び(G-4)(式中、破線は結合手を表し、R50は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、フェニル基から選ばれる基を表し、R50が複数ある場合は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、tは1~7の整数であり、JはO、S、NHまたはNR51を表し、R51は炭素数1~3のアルキル基およびフェニル基から選ばれる基を表す)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有するモノマー(M3);
を有して形成される請求項1~22のいずれかに記載の組成物。
(M-1) a monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity;
(M-2) Monomer (M2) having a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity; and (M-3) Formulas (G-1), (G-2), (G-3) and (G-4) ( In the formula, a broken line represents a bond, R 50 represents a group selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a phenyl group, and when there are a plurality of R 50 s , they may be the same or different. T is an integer of 1 to 7, J represents O, S, NH or NR 51 , and R 51 represents a group selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a phenyl group. A monomer (M3) having at least one group selected from:
The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein the composition is formed.
- 前記(M-3)モノマー(M3)が、下記式(0)
(式(0)中、A、Bはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH2-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
Sは、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
Tは、単結合または炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
P及びQは、各々独立に、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基である;ただし、Xが-CH=CH-CO-O-、-O-CO-CH=CH-である場合、-CH=CH-が結合する側のP又はQは芳香環である;
l1は0または1である;
l2は0~2の整数である;
l1とl2がともに0であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはAも単結合を表す;
l1が1であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはBも単結合を表す;
Gは、下記式(G-1)、(G-2)、(G-3)及び(G-4)(式中、破線は結合手を表し、R50は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、フェニル基から選ばれる基を表し、R50が複数ある場合は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、tは1~7の整数であり、JはO、S、NHまたはNR51を表し、R51は炭素数1~3のアルキル基およびフェニル基から選ばれる基を表す)から選ばれる基である)
で表される構造を有する請求項22に記載の組成物。
(In the formula (0), A and B are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH— Represents CO—O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
S is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced by a halogen group;
T is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced with a halogen group;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
P and Q are each independently selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. Provided that when X is —CH═CH—CO—O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—, P or Q on the side to which —CH═CH— is bonded is an aromatic ring;
l1 is 0 or 1;
l2 is an integer from 0 to 2;
when l1 and l2 are both 0, A represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
when l1 is 1, B represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
G represents the following formulas (G-1), (G-2), (G-3) and (G-4) (wherein the broken line represents a bond, R 50 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a carbon number) Represents a group selected from 1 to 3 alkyl groups and phenyl groups, and when there are a plurality of R 50 s , they may be the same or different from each other; t is an integer of 1 to 7; J is O, S, NH or NR 51 , wherein R 51 represents a group selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a phenyl group)
The composition of Claim 22 which has a structure represented by these.
- 前記ポリマー(A1)が、
(M-4)窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有するモノマー(M4);
をさらに有して形成される請求項23又は24に記載の組成物。 The polymer (A1) is
(M-4) a monomer (M4) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group;
The composition according to claim 23 or 24, further comprising: - 前記ポリマー(A2)は、
(M-1)光反応性及び液晶性を発現する構造を有するモノマー(M1);
(M-2)液晶性のみを発現する構造を有するモノマー(M2);及び
(M-4)窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有するモノマー(M4);
を有して形成される請求項1~25のいずれかに記載の組成物。 The polymer (A2) is
(M-1) a monomer (M1) having a structure that exhibits photoreactivity and liquid crystallinity;
(M-2) a monomer (M2) having a structure exhibiting only liquid crystallinity; and (M-4) at least one group selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, an amide group and a urethane group. Having monomer (M4);
The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 25, wherein the composition is formed. - 前記(M-4)窒素含有芳香族複素環基、アミド基及びウレタン基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有するモノマー(M4)が、下記式MA6~MA8、及びMA33からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種である請求項25又は26に記載の組成物。
- 前記モノマー(M1)及び前記モノマー(M2)の合計を100モル%とした場合、
前記ポリマー(A1)は、前記モノマー(M1)がαモル%(αは15以上)であり、前記モノマー(M2)が残余であるように、形成され、
前記ポリマー(A2)は、前記モノマー(M1)が0.95αモル%以下であり、前記モノマー(M2)が残余であるように、形成される請求項23~27のいずれかに記載の組成物。 When the total of the monomer (M1) and the monomer (M2) is 100 mol%,
The polymer (A1) is formed such that the monomer (M1) is α mol% (α is 15 or more) and the monomer (M2) is a residue,
The composition according to any one of claims 23 to 27, wherein the polymer (A2) is formed such that the monomer (M1) is 0.95α mol% or less and the monomer (M2) is a residue. . - 請求項1~28のいずれか1項に記載の重合体組成物を有する液晶配向剤。 A liquid crystal aligning agent comprising the polymer composition according to any one of claims 1 to 28.
- 請求項29記載の液晶配向剤から形成される液晶配向膜。 A liquid crystal alignment film formed from the liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 29.
- [I] 請求項1~28のいずれか1項に記載の重合体組成物を、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程;
[II] [I]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する工程;及び
[III] [II]で得られた塗膜を加熱する工程;
を有することによって配向制御能が付与された液晶配向膜を得る、液晶配向膜の製造方法。 [I] A step of applying the polymer composition according to any one of claims 1 to 28 on a substrate having a conductive film for driving a transverse electric field to form a coating film;
[II] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II];
A method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film, which obtains a liquid crystal alignment film imparted with an alignment control ability. - 請求項30記載の液晶配向膜を有する基板。 A substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film according to claim 30.
- [I] 請求項1~28のいずれか1項に記載の重合体組成物を、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程;
[II] [I]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する工程;及び
[III] [II]で得られた塗膜を加熱する工程;
を有することによって配向制御能が付与された液晶配向膜を得る、液晶配向膜を有する基板の製造方法。 [I] A step of applying the polymer composition according to any one of claims 1 to 28 on a substrate having a conductive film for driving a transverse electric field to form a coating film;
[II] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II];
The manufacturing method of the board | substrate which has a liquid crystal aligning film which obtains the liquid crystal aligning film to which the alignment control ability was provided by having. - 請求項32記載の基板を有する液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal display device having the substrate according to claim 32.
- 請求項32記載の基板(第1の基板)を準備する工程;
[I’] 第2の基板上に請求項1~28のいずれか1項に記載の重合体組成物を塗布して塗膜を形成する工程;
[II’] [I’]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する工程;
[III’] [II’]で得られた塗膜を加熱する工程;
を有することによって配向制御能が付与された液晶配向膜を得る、前記液晶配向膜を有する第2の基板を得る工程;及び
[IV] 液晶を介して前記第1及び第2の基板の液晶配向膜が相対するように、前記第1及び第2の基板を対向配置して液晶表示素子を得る工程;
を有することにより、液晶表示素子を得る、液晶表示素子の製造方法。 Preparing a substrate (first substrate) according to claim 32;
[I ′] A step of coating the second substrate with the polymer composition according to any one of claims 1 to 28 to form a coating film;
[II ′] A step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I ′] with polarized ultraviolet rays;
[III ′] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II ′];
Obtaining a liquid crystal alignment film imparted with alignment control capability by having a second substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film; and [IV] liquid crystal alignment of the first and second substrates via liquid crystal A step of obtaining a liquid crystal display element by arranging the first and second substrates to face each other so that the films face each other;
A method for producing a liquid crystal display element, comprising obtaining a liquid crystal display element.
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2017519409A JP6858349B2 (en) | 2015-05-20 | 2016-05-20 | Polymer composition, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film. |
KR1020177036151A KR102540422B1 (en) | 2015-05-20 | 2016-05-20 | Polymer composition, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, substrate comprising said liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element comprising said liquid crystal alignment film |
CN201680042742.8A CN107849330B (en) | 2015-05-20 | 2016-05-20 | Polymer composition, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, substrate having liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element having liquid crystal alignment film |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2015-102851 | 2015-05-20 | ||
JP2015102851 | 2015-05-20 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2016186190A1 true WO2016186190A1 (en) | 2016-11-24 |
Family
ID=57320373
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2016/064963 WO2016186190A1 (en) | 2015-05-20 | 2016-05-20 | Polymer composition, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, substrate comprising said liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element comprising said liquid crystal alignment film |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP6858349B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR102540422B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN107849330B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI719984B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2016186190A1 (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2017170681A1 (en) * | 2016-03-30 | 2017-10-05 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element |
WO2018155675A1 (en) * | 2017-02-27 | 2018-08-30 | 日産化学株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element |
JPWO2017199986A1 (en) * | 2016-05-18 | 2019-03-14 | 日産化学株式会社 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element |
WO2023095925A1 (en) * | 2021-11-29 | 2023-06-01 | 日産化学株式会社 | Polymer composition and single-layer retardation material |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH11508063A (en) * | 1996-04-03 | 1999-07-13 | イギリス国 | Liquid crystal alignment materials and equipment |
JP2002507782A (en) * | 1998-03-20 | 2002-03-12 | ロリク アーゲー | Liquid crystal alignment layer |
JP2008276149A (en) * | 2007-04-27 | 2008-11-13 | Hayashi Telempu Co Ltd | Polymer film, method for fabricating molecular alignment element, and liquid crystal alignment layer |
JP2014012823A (en) * | 2012-06-06 | 2014-01-23 | Jnc Corp | Polymer composition having photoalignable group, liquid crystal alignment layer formed of the polymer composition, and optical device including retardation plate formed of the liquid crystal alignment layer |
JP2015232109A (en) * | 2014-05-12 | 2015-12-24 | Jsr株式会社 | Polymer composition, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display device |
JP2016050275A (en) * | 2014-09-01 | 2016-04-11 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Hydrogen bonding cured film forming composition with photo-alignment property |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH0237324A (en) | 1988-07-27 | 1990-02-07 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Production of polyimide oriented film |
JP5754086B2 (en) * | 2009-06-26 | 2015-07-22 | 住友化学株式会社 | Phase difference plate, display device, and method of manufacturing phase difference plate |
KR102162192B1 (en) | 2012-10-05 | 2020-10-06 | 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Manufacturing method for substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane switching-type liquid crystal display element |
-
2016
- 2016-05-20 WO PCT/JP2016/064963 patent/WO2016186190A1/en active Application Filing
- 2016-05-20 TW TW105115809A patent/TWI719984B/en active
- 2016-05-20 KR KR1020177036151A patent/KR102540422B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2016-05-20 JP JP2017519409A patent/JP6858349B2/en active Active
- 2016-05-20 CN CN201680042742.8A patent/CN107849330B/en active Active
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH11508063A (en) * | 1996-04-03 | 1999-07-13 | イギリス国 | Liquid crystal alignment materials and equipment |
JP2002507782A (en) * | 1998-03-20 | 2002-03-12 | ロリク アーゲー | Liquid crystal alignment layer |
JP2008276149A (en) * | 2007-04-27 | 2008-11-13 | Hayashi Telempu Co Ltd | Polymer film, method for fabricating molecular alignment element, and liquid crystal alignment layer |
JP2014012823A (en) * | 2012-06-06 | 2014-01-23 | Jnc Corp | Polymer composition having photoalignable group, liquid crystal alignment layer formed of the polymer composition, and optical device including retardation plate formed of the liquid crystal alignment layer |
JP2015232109A (en) * | 2014-05-12 | 2015-12-24 | Jsr株式会社 | Polymer composition, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display device |
JP2016050275A (en) * | 2014-09-01 | 2016-04-11 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Hydrogen bonding cured film forming composition with photo-alignment property |
Cited By (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2017170681A1 (en) * | 2016-03-30 | 2017-10-05 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element |
JPWO2017199986A1 (en) * | 2016-05-18 | 2019-03-14 | 日産化学株式会社 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element |
JP6992746B2 (en) | 2016-05-18 | 2022-01-13 | 日産化学株式会社 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element |
WO2018155675A1 (en) * | 2017-02-27 | 2018-08-30 | 日産化学株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element |
KR20190124743A (en) * | 2017-02-27 | 2019-11-05 | 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element |
CN110546560A (en) * | 2017-02-27 | 2019-12-06 | 日产化学株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element |
JPWO2018155675A1 (en) * | 2017-02-27 | 2019-12-19 | 日産化学株式会社 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element |
JP7106059B2 (en) | 2017-02-27 | 2022-07-26 | 日産化学株式会社 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element |
CN110546560B (en) * | 2017-02-27 | 2022-08-19 | 日产化学株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element |
TWI805572B (en) * | 2017-02-27 | 2023-06-21 | 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element |
KR102573453B1 (en) | 2017-02-27 | 2023-08-31 | 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element |
WO2023095925A1 (en) * | 2021-11-29 | 2023-06-01 | 日産化学株式会社 | Polymer composition and single-layer retardation material |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN107849330B (en) | 2021-11-02 |
JP6858349B2 (en) | 2021-04-14 |
TW201708507A (en) | 2017-03-01 |
KR102540422B1 (en) | 2023-06-05 |
JPWO2016186190A1 (en) | 2018-03-08 |
CN107849330A (en) | 2018-03-27 |
KR20180008677A (en) | 2018-01-24 |
TWI719984B (en) | 2021-03-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
KR102162192B1 (en) | Manufacturing method for substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane switching-type liquid crystal display element | |
JP6992746B2 (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element | |
JP6646263B2 (en) | Polymer composition and liquid crystal alignment film for lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display device | |
JP6523169B2 (en) | Polymer, polymer composition and liquid crystal alignment film for horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display device | |
JP6653648B2 (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device | |
KR102244413B1 (en) | Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane switching liquid crystal display elements | |
WO2017170681A1 (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element | |
JP6858349B2 (en) | Polymer composition, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film. | |
KR102165624B1 (en) | Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal orientation membrane for use in in-plane-switching liquid crystal display element | |
JPWO2015002292A1 (en) | Polarized UV anisotropy material | |
KR102204768B1 (en) | Method for manufacturing substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane-switching-type liquid crystal display element | |
WO2015016301A1 (en) | Polymer composition, and liquid crystal alignment film for horizontal electric field drive-mode liquid crystal display element | |
WO2017135130A1 (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element | |
JP6723523B2 (en) | Polymer composition, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, substrate having the liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display device having the liquid crystal aligning film | |
JP6738036B2 (en) | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display device | |
KR102191954B1 (en) | Production method for substrate provided with liquid crystal alignment film for horizontal electric field-driven liquid crystal display element | |
KR102254609B1 (en) | Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal orientation film for in-plane-switching liquid-crystal display element | |
WO2016021570A1 (en) | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 16796583 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2017519409 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20177036151 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 16796583 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |